MC770 / MC780

MPS3537mc / MPS4242mc
Maintenance Manual
040513A

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Copyright Information

Copyright © 2013 by Oki Data. All Rights Reserved

Disclaimer

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information in this document is complete, accurate, and up-to-
date. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for the results of errors beyond its control. The
manufacturer also cannot guarantee that changes in software and equipment made by other manufacturers and
referred to in this guide will not affect the applicability of the information in it. Mention of software products
manufactured by other companies does not necessarily constitute endorsement by the manufacturer.

While all reasonable efforts have been made to make this document as accurate and helpful as possible, we
make no warranty of any kind, expressed or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of the information
contained herein.

The most up-to-date drivers and manuals are available from the web site:
http://www.okiprintingsolutions.com

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Document Revision History

Corrected items
Person in
Corrected items Rev.No Date
Person in charge
Rev.No Date No. Page Description of change
charge
No. Page Description of change

1 2013-03-28 Issue P2E1 T. Asaba

45376001TH Rev.1 2/

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

PREFACE
This manual provides an overview of method for maintaining the MC760/MC770/MC780.
This manual is intended for maintenance staff. For more information about how to operate
the MC760/MC770/MC780, please refer to User 's manual.
Risk฀of฀explosion฀if฀battery฀is฀replaced฀by฀an฀incorrect฀type.
Battery of the printer need not to be replaced. Do not touch the
battery.
Note!฀ •฀ Manual฀may฀be฀revised฀and฀updated฀at฀any฀time฀without฀notice. Replace the whole board to replace the CU board.
฀ •฀ Unexpected฀mistakes฀may฀exist฀in฀the฀manual.฀ In the case of replacing batteries at board repairs, replace with the
OKI will not assume any responsibility whatsoever for damage to the specified type ones. Installation of another type batteries may result in
equipmentrepaired/adjusted/changed by the user etc with this manual.
explosion.
฀ •฀ The฀ par ts฀ used฀ for฀ this฀ printer฀ may฀ be฀ damaged฀ when฀ handling฀
Caution for used batteries are as follows; do not recharge, force open,
inappropriately. We strongly recommend maintaining this machine by our
registration maintenance staff. heat or dispose of in fire.
฀ •฀ Please฀operate฀the฀machine฀after฀removing฀static฀electricity.

45376001TH Rev.1 3/

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Index

1. Configuration ........................................................................... 6 2.3.2 Document table structure ............................................................................ 43

2.3.2.1 Overview .............................................................................................. 43
1.1 System configuration ............................................................................................ 7
2.3.2.2฀ Exposure฀block .................................................................................... 44
1.2 The Configuration of printer .................................................................................. 8
2.3.2.3 Carraige-Assy drive mechanism .......................................................... 44
1.3 Optional parts ....................................................................................................... 9
1.4 Specifications ..................................................................................................... 10 3. Set up .....................................................................................45
1.5 Specification of interface .................................................................................... 18 3.1 Notes and precautions........................................................................................ 46
1.5.1 Specification of USB interface .................................................................... 18 3.2 Unpack method .................................................................................................. 47
1.5.1.1 General of USB interface ..................................................................... 18 3.3 Setting method ................................................................................................... 48
1.5.1.2 Connector and cable of USB interface................................................. 18 3.4 List of equipments and accessories ................................................................... 49
1.5.1.3 USB interface signal ............................................................................ 18
3.5 Assembling method ............................................................................................ 50
1.5.2 Specification of network interface ............................................................... 19
3.5.1 Assemble the main body of the MFP .......................................................... 50
1.5.2.1 General of network interface ................................................................ 19
3.5.2 Cable connect ............................................................................................. 57
1.5.2.2 Connector and cable of network interface ........................................... 19
3.5.3 Optional part installation and confirmation.................................................. 59
1.5.2.3 Signal of network interface .................................................................. 19
3.6 Setting content print (Configuration) ................................................................... 64
1.5.3 Telephone Line Interface Specification ....................................................... 20
3.7 Connecting method ............................................................................................ 65
1.5.3.1 Outline of telephone Line Interface ...................................................... 20
3.8 User used Paper confirmation ............................................................................ 69
1.5.3.2 Telephone Line Interface Connector and Cable................................... 20
1.5.3.3 Telephone Line Interface signal ........................................................... 20 4. Component replacement ...................................................... 70
1.5.4 USB Host Interface ..................................................................................... 20
4.1 Precautions on component replacement ............................................................ 71
1.5.4.1 Outline of USB Host Interface .............................................................. 20
4.2 Method of component replacement .................................................................... 73
1.5.4.2 USB Host Interface Connector ............................................................ 20
4.2.1 Belt unit ....................................................................................................... 73
1.5.4.3 USB Host Interface Signal ................................................................... 20
4.2.2 Fuser unit .................................................................................................... 74
1.5.5 Specification of ACC interface .................................................................... 21
4.2.3 Right side cover .......................................................................................... 74
2. Operating instructions ..........................................................22 4.2.4 Left side cover ............................................................................................. 75
2.1 Electrophotographic processing mechanism ...................................................... 23 4.2.5 Scanner unit ............................................................................................... 75
2.2 Printing process .................................................................................................. 27 4.2.6 Faceup tray ................................................................................................ 76
2.3 Image Scanning process .................................................................................... 38 4.2.7 Rear cover................................................................................................... 76
4.2.8 LED Assy/ LED Assy spring........................................................................ 77
2.3.1 Structure and process of RADF .................................................................. 38
4.2.9 CU/PU PCB/Low voltage power supply ...................................................... 77
2.3.1.1 Cross-section view ............................................................................... 38
4.2.10 Stay-R ......................................................................................................... 79
2.3.1.2 Electrical configuration......................................................................... 38
4.2.11 Plate-Board-R Assy/Guide-Cable Power Low ............................................. 79
2.3.1.3 Fundamental operations ...................................................................... 39
4.2.12 Top cover Assy ............................................................................................ 80
2.3.1.4 Document detection ............................................................................. 42
4.2.13 Top cover .................................................................................................... 81
2.3.1.5 Jam detection ...................................................................................... 43
4.2.14 Frame Assy Top Front ................................................................................. 81

45376001TH Rev.1 4/

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.15Board MFH ................................................................................................. 82 5.2.1.11 Self-diagnostic function setting .......................................................... 130

4.2.16Hopping motor/ Fuse motor ........................................................................ 83 5.2.1.12 LED head serial number display ....................................................... 131
4.2.17Guide eject Assy/ Color regist Assy/ Board-IBY ......................................... 84 5.2.1.13 NVRAM parameter setting ................................................................ 131
4.2.18FAN(Fuser) / Belt motor/ High-voltage board/ Cover open switch .............. 85 5.2.2 Various prints with the printer as a standalone unit .................................. 131
4.2.19MPT Assy ................................................................................................... 85 5.2.3 Functions of keys at power on .................................................................. 132
4.2.20Cover Assy front/ Board-RSF/MPT hopping roller/ Frame Assy separator/ 5.2.4 How to enter the Scanner Maintenance Menu .......................................... 133
Feeder Assy regist ...................................................................................... 86 5.3 Setups upon completion of part replacement ................................................... 135
4.2.21 Plate-Driver/ Shaft-Liftup/ Hopping cover.................................................... 87 5.3.1 Precautions when replacing the PU board................................................ 135
4.2.22 Plate-Assy-Side R/ Plate-Assy-Side L ........................................................ 88 5.4 Density control manual setting ......................................................................... 137
4.2.23 Feed roller ................................................................................................... 88
4.2.24 Eject sensor/Micro-SW ............................................................................... 89 6. Periodic Maintenance.......................................................... 138
4.2.25 Antenna (for wireless model only) ............................................................... 89 6.1 Cleaning ........................................................................................................... 139
4.2.26 Finisher (for finisher model only) ................................................................. 90 6.2 How to clean the LED lens array ...................................................................... 140
4.2.27 Stapler (for stapler model only)................................................................... 91 6.3 How to clean the pickup roller .......................................................................... 142
4.2.28 Tray-Assy-Document/Cover-ADF-R ............................................................ 92 6.4 How to clean the paper feed rollers for MP Tray ............................................... 143
4.2.29 ADF-unit ..................................................................................................... 93 6.5 How to clean the rollers in the ADF .................................................................. 144
4.2.30 Sheet-document / Paper-weight-Assy / Spring-PW-ADF............................ 94
6.6 How to clean the document glass..................................................................... 145
4.2.31 Hinge-Assy-L / Hinge-Assy-R ..................................................................... 95
6.7 How to clean inside of MFP .............................................................................. 146
4.2.32 ADF-Assy ................................................................................................... 95
4.2.33 Guide-Retard / Roller / Motor / Clutch / Solenoid ....................................... 96 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure ............................. 148
4.2.34 Guide-Assy-Retard ..................................................................................... 97 7.1 Before starting the repair work ......................................................................... 149
4.2.35 Flatbed-Unit ................................................................................................ 97
7.2 Confirmation items before taking corrective action against abnormalities ....... 149
4.2.36 Frame-assy-FB ........................................................................................... 98
7.3 Precautions when taking corrective action against abnormality ....................... 149
4.3 Oiling spots ......................................................................................................... 99
7.4 Preparation for troubleshooting ........................................................................ 149
5. Maintenance Menu .............................................................. 110 7.5 Troubleshooting method ................................................................................... 150
5.1 System maintenance menu (for maintenance engineer) ................................. 111 7.5.1 Error code list ............................................................................................ 150
5.2 Maintenance menu functions............................................................................ 112 7.5.2 Printer error troubleshooting ..................................................................... 153
5.2.1 Self-diagnostic mode ................................................................................ 112 7.5.3 Scanner error troubleshooting .................................................................. 159
5.2.1.1 Operation panel ................................................................................. 112 7.5.4 Preparation for troubleshooting ................................................................. 161
5.2.1.2 Ordinary self-diagnostic mode (level 1) ............................................. 114 7.5.5 Troubleshooting the abnormal images ...................................................... 193
5.2.1.3 Switch scan test ................................................................................. 115 7.6 Fuse check ....................................................................................................... 200
5.2.1.4 Motor clutch test ................................................................................ 117 7.7 Paper cassette switches versus Paper size correspondence table .................. 201
5.2.1.5 Test print ............................................................................................ 119
8. Connection diagrams ..........................................................202
5.2.1.6 Color registration correction test ........................................................ 125
8.1 Resistance value check .................................................................................... 203
5.2.1.7 Density correction test ....................................................................... 126
5.2.1.8 Consumable item counter display ...................................................... 128 8.2 Parts location .................................................................................................... 207
5.2.1.9 Number of print copies counter display ............................................. 129
5.2.1.10 Switching between the Factory mode and the Shipping mode .......... 129

45376001TH Rev.1 5/

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

1. Configuration

1.1 System configuration .....................................................................7

1.2 The Configuration of printer ...........................................................8
1.3 Optional parts ................................................................................9
1.4 Specifications ..............................................................................10
1.5 Specification of interface..............................................................18

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 1.Configuration
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

1.1 System configuration

Figure 1-1 represents the system configuration of the printer.
M M HOP Clutch solenoid Clutch
Stacker ID UP BELT sensor
full ID
FAN RFID PCB
sensor Paper
Option Set
sensor
Finisher Unit
K LED HEAD ADF Relay PCB Cover
Option Open
sensor
Stapler Cover SW Stapler Y LED HEAD

Scan Regist Reverse M FB

M LED HEAD
Environment sensor PCB sensor sensor sensor ADF Motor

C LED HEAD
CM_ID Unit-CIS
Motor Option
SU PCB FB
COIN
Controller Home Position sensor
YK_ID
Motor

Low-voltage
Toner sensor PCB PU PCB FAN
e-BRIDGE ID Gate
Front sensor PCB KP-2006(Felica)
M
(WR,IN1,IN2) KP-2004(HID)
HEAT
KP-2005(Mifare)
1st
P.E
sensor CU PCB USB

HOP
sensor HOST
USB
DIMM
Hopping
clutch LAN

M Paper Regist MPT

HOP size clutch Option
SW clutch
HOST LCD
USB HDD WLAN FAX Control PCB Speaker
(Front) Antenna
OPE
Fuser
High-voltage PCB Low-voltage PCB
AC-SW Inlet TEL

Inter Lock SW Fuser Cover

Duplex IN
Fuser FAN open Front Bottom FAX LINE PCB
FAN sensor
sensor sensor sensor FAX
Duplex
Color blur PCB clutch
right HAND
Separator SET
solenoid
Color blur PCB DUPLEX PCB
left Duplex
Relay PCB motor

Density
sensor Option Option Option
2nd 2nd 2nd 2nd 3rd 3rd 3rd 3rd 4th 4th 4th 4th
EXIT P.E hopping IN paper P.E hopping IN paper P.E hopping IN paper
sensor sensor sensor sensor size SW sensor sensor sensor size SW sensor sensor sensor size SW

Rear Cover SW Belt unit

2nd TRAY PCB 3rd TRAY PCB 4th TRAY PCB

Feed Hopping Feed Hopping Feed Hopping

clutch clutch clutch clutch clutch clutch
Paper-feeding/ Paper-feeding/ Paper-feeding/
moving motor moving motor moving motor

Fig1-1

45376001TH Rev.1 7/

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 1.Configuration
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

1.2 The Configuration of printer

The parts in the MC760/MC770/MC780 are shown as below.

•฀ Electrophotography฀process฀mechanism
•฀ Paper฀feed฀path
•฀ Control฀part฀(CU฀part/฀PU฀part)
•฀ Operator฀panel
•฀ Power฀part฀(High-voltage฀part/low-voltage฀part)

The Configuration of the MFP is shown in Fig 1-2.

Fig 1-2

45376001TH Rev.1 8/

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 1. Configuration
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

1.3 Optional parts

(4) LCF
The optional parts for this printer are shown as below.

(1) Optional tray(second tray/ third tray/fourth tray*)

*fourth tray:not support for Finisher model

(2) Spacer

(3) Caster Stand

45376001TH Rev.1 9/

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 1. Configuration
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

1.4 Specifications

Fundamental specifications Category Item MC760 MC770 MC780

Operating environment During operation 10 °C to 32 °C,17 °C to 27 °C (Full color
Category Item MC760 MC770 MC780 (temperature) print quality assurance temperature)
Outside dimensions Width 522mm During non-operation 0°C - 43°C, Power OFF
Depth 604mm During storage -10°C to 43°C, with drum and toners
Height 675mm (Finisher model:811mm) (Maximum one year)
Weight Approx. 50kg (Finisher model:60kg) During transportation -30°C - 50°C, with drum, without toners
(Maximum one month)
CPU CU APM86190
During transportation -30°C to 50°C, with drum and toners
RAM CU Resident 2 GB
(Maximum one month)
Option N/A
Operating environment During operation 20% - 80%, 50% - 70% (Full color print
ROM CU Program 8MB (humidity) quality assurance humidity), Maximum
Control Panel LCD 9 inch WVGA color touch panel wet-bulb temperature 25°C
Size:198.0 mm(W) x 111.7 mm(H) During non-operation 10% - 90%, Maximum wet-bulb
Resolution:800dot x 480dot temperature 26.8°C, power OFF
Hard Keys Ten key, start key, stop key, power key, During storage 10% - 90%, Maximum wet-bulb
ENERGY SAVER KEY and others temperature 35°C
Qwerty keyboard No During transportation 10% - 90%, Maximum wet-bulb
Operation sound Operating 57dB(A) temperature 40°C
55dB(A) (Sound Emulation Standard PCL5e/PCL5c/PCL6/PS3 emulation/
(Sound pressure level) pressure PDF emulation/XPS
level) Emulation switch Automatic
Standby 37dB(A) (Sound pressure level) Others USB-IF logo Yes
Power save mode Inaudible Windows logo Yes
Power consumption Power input 110-127VAC (Range 99-140VAC) Operations on UPS Operations on UPS (uninterruptible
220-240VAC (Range 198-264VAC) power supply) are not guaranteed.
Sleep mode 1.5W (no FAX model) Do not use UPS.
2.0W (FAX model) CPU SU Core ARM9
Power save mode 60W RAM SU Resident 256 MB
Idle 130W Option None
Typical operation 800W ROM SU Program 4MB
Peak 1500W

45376001TH Rev.1 10 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 1. Configuration
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Printer section specifications Category Item MC760 MC770 MC780

Life Image Simplex Continuous:40K (Target)
Category Item MC760 MC770 MC780 drum life 3P/J:30K
Print width Print width A4 horizontal 1P/J:18K
Engine speed (A4/LT) Monochrome 28/30ppm 36/37ppm 40/42ppm Duplex Continuous:34K
Duplex Mono 22/23ppm 27/28ppm 32/33ppm 3 sheets/J(6P/J):23.1K
1 sheets/J(2P/J):13.9K
Color 28/30ppm 34/35ppm 40/42ppm
Transfer belt life 60,000 pages
Duplex Color 22/23ppm 25/26ppm 32/33ppm
Fuser life 60,000 pages
First print out time (A4) Monochrome 8 sec
* P r i n t e r i s n t i n l o w Color Paper handling 1st Tray 530 sheets of 80g/m2 (70Kg) plain paper
9 sec
temperature(<16℃ ) Multi purpose tray 100 sheets of 80g/m2 (70Kg) plain paper
Warm-up time From Power On with Less than 60sec 10 envelopes
calibrations 2nd/3rd/4th Tray Option 530 sheets of 80g/m2 (70Kg) plain paper
From Power save Less than 35sec Paper output capability Face up:Approx.100 sheets of 80g/m2
Resolution LED head 600 x 600 dpi (70Kg) plain paper
Maximum input 600 x 1200dpi Face down:Approx.500 sheets of 80g/m2
resolution (70Kg) plain paper
Output resolution True 600x600dpi x 5bit Paper size 1st/2nd/3rd/4th tray A4,A5,B5,Letter,Legal13/13.5/14,Executi
True 600x1200dpi x 1bit (for PS only) ve,8.5"SQ,Folio,China16K(195x270),
Life Printer life 600K page or 5 years Custom size(Width:148-216mm
Length:210-356mm)
Maximum Monthly 100K(under specific condition)
Print Volume when 60K(under all condition) Multi purpose tray A4,A5,A6,B5,Letter,Legal13/13.5/14,
Continuous Print Executive,Statement,8.5"SQ,Folio,China
16K(195x270),Com-9,Com-10,
MTBF 6,000H (Reference only)
Cyou3,Cyou4,B6Half,C5,DL,Monarch,
MPBF 45K
IndexCard(3x5inch),
MTTR Less than 20 min. PhotoSize(4x6inch/5x7inch),
Toner life Starter C, M, Y, K : 4.8K CustomSize(Width:64-216mm x
(ISO/IEC toner Length:127-1321mm, (When length is
19798) (supplied) over 356mm, width is 210-216mm)),
Standard C,M,Y:6K,K:8K Banner up to 52"
High- No C,M,Y:11.5K,K:15K Duplex A4,A5,B5,Letter,Legal13/13.5/14,Exectiv
Capacity e,Statement,8.5"SQ,Folio,China16K(195
x270),Custom size(Width:148-216mm
Length:210-356mm)
Minimum paper size 1st/2nd/3rd/4th tray 5.8" x 8.3" (148 x 210mm : A5)
MPT 3" x 5" (Index Card),
64 x 182mm (B6 Half)
Duplex 5.5"x8.3"(139.7 x 210mm)

45376001TH Rev.1 11 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 1. Configuration
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Category Item MC760 MC770 MC780 Scanner section specifications

Paper thickness 1st/2nd/3rd/4th tray 64 – 220 g/m2
Item
MPT 64 – 250 g/m2
2
Scanner type Legal size flatbed with RADF
Duplex 64 – 220 g/m
Image sensor Color CIS
Status switch/sensor Paper Empty Yes
Light source LED
Paper Low No
Optical resolution 600dpi
MPT Paper End No Input level (A/D conversion) 48 bit
Toner Low Yes Output level 24 bit
Cover Open Yes Document size Flat bed Max:8.5"x14" (215.9x355.6mm)
Fuser Temperature Yes Min:No limitation
Paper Size Detect (Tray) Yes ADF Max:8.5"x14" (215.9x355.6mm)
Min:4.13"x5.8" (105x148mm)
Paper Size Detect No
(MPT) Document Flat bed 20mm

Stacker Full Yes (Face-down)

thickness RADF 16~28lb (60~105g/m2)
Maximum Flat bed Maximum 215.9x355.6mm
Paper Thickness Detect No
scanning range RADF 4.13 x 5.8~8.5x 14in (105 x 148~215.9x355.6mm)
Continuouse Roll Paper No
Sag detection Scanning speed Color : up to 40ipm (Less than 300dpi)
(A4/Letter,simplex) up to 25ipm (400 / 600dpi)
Fonts PCL Roman (Bitmap) No Mono : up to 40ipm(300/400/600dpi)
PCL Roman (Scalable) 80 fonts Warm-up time Less than 1 sec.
PCL Heisei (Scalable) No Life MTBF 6,000H (Reference only)
PS Roman (Scalable) 138 fonts MTTR Less than 20 min.
PS Heisei (Scalable) No Attachment file format Color : JPEG, TIFF(multi/single page), PDF(multi/single
Barcode computational Yes (by font download) page), Slim PDF, Secure PDF, XPS(multi/single page)
ACS : TIFF(multi/single page), PDF(multi/single page),
XPS(multi/single page)
Grayscale : JPEG, TIFF(multi/single page), PDF(multi/
single page), Slim PDF, Secure PDF, XPS(multi/single
page)
Mono : TIFF(multi/single page), PDF(multi/single page),
XPS(multi/single page)
Supported driver Scanner driver (Network), Fax Modem driver (Windows
only)

45376001TH Rev.1 12 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 1. Configuration
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Network specifications
Item
Connection 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T
Communication protocol TCP/IP V4, TCP/IP V6, NetBIOS over TCP, Ether Talk,
NetWare, LPR, Port9100, IPP, FTP, WSD-print, SMTP,
POP3, HTTP, SNMPv1, SNMPv3, DHCP, DNS, DDNS,
WINS, SLP, Bonjour, SNTP
Supported browser Microsoft Internet Explorer Ver. 6.0 or higher
Safari 4.0 or higher
Firefox 3.5 or higher

45376001TH Rev.1 13 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 1. Configuration
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Copy function
Categories Specs
Copy Resolution Scan: 300x300dpi / 300x600dpi / 600x600dpi
Print: 600x600dpi / 600x1200dpi
Document Flatbed/RADF A4, A5, A6, B5, Executive, Letter, Legal13,
Size Legal13.5, Legal14, Folio
Number of Copies 1 to 999 pages
Collate(Sort) Yes
(No. of page is depend on HDD capacity)
Zoom Custom 25 ~ 400%, to scale by 1%.
(Auto is Preset No
spported) (Original size / Tray size selection works as preset
scaling))
Edge Erase 2~50mm (increments of 1mm)
0.1~2.0 inch (increments of 0.1 inch)
Margin shift 0 ~ ±25 mm 0.0~±1.0 inch (1mm/Step)
N-up Document pages 2-up,4-up
ID Card Copy Yes (by template)
Repeat Copy Yes (max 8 times)
Poster Copy No
Document Direction Portrate,Landscape
Duplex Copy Yes (1 to 2, 2 to 1, 2 to 2)
Binding Position Long edge, Short edge
Mixed Size Yes (Letter/Legal13,Letter/Legal13.5,Letter/Legal14,
A4/Folio)
Job build scanning Yes
Banner Copy No
Color/Mono Selected by User by Menu setting
Copy image quality adjustment Background removal, Density(Auto/Manual),
Contrast, Saturation, Hue

45376001TH Rev.1 14 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 1. Configuration
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Fax specification Category Item MC770 MC780

Communication Realtime Tx Yes
Category Item MC770 MC780 Function Instant Dial Tx No
General Function Compatibility ITU-T G3 (Quick Memory TX)
Applicable Network PSTN Realtime Page Print No
Country Code Yes (26 Countries) Reception
Transmission Ability Letter / Legal Memory Tx/Rx Yes
Reception Ability Letter /unlimited Relay Broadcast No
initiate (OKI Mode)
Fax Resolution 8 x 3.85 dots/mm, 8x 7.7 dots/mm,
Relay Broadcast No
8 x 15.4dots/mm, 16 x 15.4 dots/mm, (OKI Mode)
300 x 300 dots/inch Confidential Tx/Rx No
(OKI Mode)
Contrast Control Auto or manual (11 Level)
Bulletin Poll No
Send Fax from RADF Yes
(OKI Mode)
(duplex document)
F Code Bulletin Poll Yes
Mixed Reading For No
ADF/FBS F Code Confidential Yes
Auto reduction No F Code Routing Yes
printing of the FAX Delayed Yes
Fixed reduction Yes (90%) Transmission
printing of the FAX Broadcast Yes (400 stations)
Page division print Yes Delayed Broadcast Yes
Maximum Modem 33.6kbps Page Retransmission No
Speed Rotation TX No
Dual Access Yes Rotation RX No
ECM Yes Fax Forwarding Yes
Coding Scheme MH, MR, MMR, JBIG (FAX to FAX)
Transmission time Approx. 3 seconds Fax Forwarding To Yes (by on-ramp gateway function)
Memory Capacity 1GB Email
Image Battery Back Yes (HDD) PC-FAX Yes (Tx only)
Up

45376001TH Rev.1 15 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 1. Configuration
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Category Item MC770 MC780 Category Item MC770 MC780

Security Function Junk Fax Protection No Fax Local Print Activity Report Yes (Transmission /Reception Journal)
Memory Only Yes (High security mode) Function Message Yes (Transmission Report)
Reception Confirmation
ID Check TX No Report
Double input for Yes (can be switched by service person) (Single Location)
dialing number Message Yes (Transmission Report)
Access Control Yes Confirmation Report
with top of
Telephone & External handset No document
Convenience Dialing by Ten key Yes (Single Location)
Function One touch Dial No Message Yes
Speed Dial Yes (3000 Locations) Confirmation
Group Dial Yes (200 Groups) Report(Broadcast)
Automatic Alternate No Broadcast Entry No
Selecting Call Report
Auto Redial Yes Speed Dial List Yes (Phone Book List)
Manual Redial No Fax Configuration Yes
On-Hook Dial by Yes (with monitor key) List
HOOK key Protocol Dump Print Yes
Chain Dial Yes Power Down Report No
Au t o m a t i c Pa u s e - No
signal insertion
Auto Rx Yes
Manual Rx Yes
FAX/TEL Automatic Yes
Switching
ANS/FAX Automatic No
Switching
Remote RX Yes
Distinctive Ring No
Detect
Unique parameter set No
to Speed Dial
Sender ID Yes
Personal ID No
Session No. Yes
TSI Time Date print Yes
Acoustic Monitor Yes

45376001TH Rev.1 16 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 1. Configuration
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Internet Fax Category Item MC760 MC770 MC780

Security Junk Fax No
Category Item MC760 MC770 MC780 Function Protection
General Compatibility T.37 (Simple Mode) Memory Only No
Function T.37 (Direct SMTP Mode)* Reception
*by Service Code Setting ID Check TX No
Transmission Letter / Legal Double input for No
Ability dialing number
Reception Ability Letter /unlimited Access Control Yes
Fax Resolution 8 x 3.85 dots/mm, 8x 7.7 dots/mm Telephone & Dialing by Yes
16 x 15.4 dots/mm (Direct SMTP mode only) Convenience keyboard
Contrast Control Auto or manual (11 Level) Function One touch Dial No
Send Fax from Yes Speed Dial Yes
RADF Group Dial No
(duplex Sender ID No
document)
Personal ID No
Mixed Reading Yes
TSI Time Date No
For ADF/FBS
print
Auto reduction No
Fax Local Print Activity Report Yes
printing of the
Function Message Yes
FAX
Confirmation
Fixed reduction No
Report
pr inting of the
(Single Location)
FAX
Message Yes
Pa g e d i v i s i o n No
Confirmation
print
Report
Dual Access Yes with top of
Coding Scheme MH document
Attachment file Tiff-S Only (Single Location)
format Tiff-F (only A3, B4 & A4)* Error Report Yes
*Direct SMTP Mode Only" Message No
Memory 1GB (HDD model) Confirmation
Capacity Report
I m a g e B a t t e r y Yes (HDD) (Broadcast)
Back Up Broadcast Entry No
Communication Memory Tx/Rx Yes Report
Function Delayed No Speed Dial List Yes
Transmission Power Down No
Broadcast Yes Report
Delayed No
Broadcast
Rotation TX No
Rotation RX No
Fax Forwarding Yes (send to network folder/E-mail/Internet-Fax/
Analog-Fax)
PC-FAX Yes
45376001TH Rev.1 17 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 1. Configuration
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

1.5 Specification of interface

1.5.1 Specification of USB interface (2) Cable

The length of the cable: the cable of less than 5m with USB 2.0 spec.
1.5.1.1 General of USB interface (Less than 2m is recommended)
(Please use the shielded wire for the cable.)
(1) Spec.
USB (Support Hi speed USB )
1.5.1.3 USB interface signal
(2) Transmission mode
Full speed (Maximum 12Mbps 0.25%) Signal name Function
High speed(Maximum 480Mbps 0.05%) 1 Vbus Power (+5V)
(3) Power control
2 D- For data transmission
Self power device
3 D+ For data transmission
4 GND Signal Ground
1.5.1.2 Connector and cable of USB interface
Shell Shield
(1) Connector
• Printer side: B Receptacle (female)
Up-stream port
UBB-4R-D14C-4D(LF)(SN) (JST Mfg. Co.,Ltd) or equivalent

Connector pins array

2 1

3 4

฀ •฀Cable฀side:฀B฀plug(male)

45376001TH Rev.1 18 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 1. Configuration
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

1.5.2 Specification of network interface (2) Cable

Non-shield twisted-pair cable with RJ-45 connector
1.5.2.1 General of network interface (Category 6 is recommended)

Spec. 1.5.2.3 Signal of network interface

Network Protocol
(1) 10/100Base-T
TCP/IP sepc. Network layer
ARP, IP, ICMP, IPv6, IPSec Pin No. Signal name Direction Function
Transfer layer 1 TXD+ FROM PRINTER Transmission data +
TCP, UDP
2 TXD- FROM PRINTER Transmission data -
Application layer
3 RXD+ TO PRINTER Receive data +
LPR, Port9100, FTP, HTTP, HTTPS, IPP, SNMPv1/v3, TELENET,
DHCP/BOOTP, DNS, DDNS, WINS, UPmP, Bonjour, SNTP, 4 − − Not use
SMTP, POP, Windows Rally (WSD Print, LLTD). 5 − − Not use
NBT/NetBEUI: SMB, NetBIOS, NetBIOS over TCP 6 RXD- TO PRINTER Receive data -
Netware: Remote printer mode(Maximum 8 print sever ) 7 − − Not use
Print sever mode (Maximum 8 files sever: 32 queue)
8 − − Not use
For encrypted password (when it is print sever mode)
NetWare6J/5J/4.1J (NDS, bindery)
SNMP (2) 1000Base-T
EtherTalk: ELAP, AARP, DDP, AEP, NBP, ZIP, RTMP, ATP, PAP
Pin No. Signal name Direction Function
IEEE802.1X: EAP-TLS, PEAP
1 TRD+(0) bi-direction Data0+ transmission and reception

2 TRD-(0) ↑ Data0-transmission and reception

1.5.2.2 Connector and cable of network interface
3 TRD+(1) ↑ Data1+ transmission and reception
(1) Connector 4 TRD+(2) ↑ Data2+ transmission and reception
1000BASE-T/100BASE-TX/10BASE-T
5 TRD-(2) ↑ Data2-transmission and reception
(Auto switch, cannot be used simultaneously)
6 TRD-(1) ↑ Data1- transmission and reception
Connector pins array 7 TRD+(3) ↑ Data3+ transmission and reception
1 8
8 TRD-(3) ↑ Data3-transmission and reception

45376001TH Rev.1 19 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 1. Configuration
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

1.5.3 Telephone Line Interface Specification 1.5.4 USB Host Interface

1.5.3.1 Outline of telephone Line Interface 1.5.4.1 Outline of USB Host Interface
The machine will reliably communicate with distant stations over voice-level telephone (1) Basic Specification
line.
USB
1.5.3.2 Telephone Line Interface Connector and Cable (2) Transmission Mode
Connector Type : RJ-11 Hi Speed (480Mbps±0.05% max.)
Cable Type : TEL Cable (With RJ-11 plug) (3) Supply Power
Max. 500mA
Connector contact arrengement
(4) Connection devices
A1 A6 B1 B6
USB memory

1.5.4.2 USB Host Interface Connector

USB A plug connector

TEL LINE

1.5.3.3 Telephone Line Interface signal 4 3 2 1

Contact No. Functions

TEL A1 Unspecified
A2 Unspecified Connector pin arrangement
A3 TCP
A4 TCP
A5 Unspecified 1.5.4.3 USB Host Interface Signal
A6 Unspecified
Name of Signal Function
LINE B1 Unspecified
B2 Unspecified 1 Vbus Power Supply (+5V)(red)
B3 TCP 2 D- Data transmission (white)
B4 TCP 3 D+ Data transmission (green)
B5 Unspecified
4 GND Single ground (black)
B6 Unspecified
Shell Shield
TCP : Terminal Connection Point

45376001TH Rev.1 20 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 1. Configuration
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

1.5.5 Specification of ACC interface 4) Connecting device

Card reader (Option)

1) Connector
Printer side: USB A receptacle (female)
Downstream port
UBA-4R-D14C2-4D(LF)(SN) (JST Mfg. Co.,Ltd) or
equivalent
Cable side: USB A plug (male)
2) Interface signals
Contact No. Signal Name Function
1 VBUS Power supply(+5V)
2 D- For data transfer
3 D+ For data transfer
4 GND Signal ground Shell
Shell Shield Shield

3) Conector pin arrengement

45376001TH Rev.1 21 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

2. Operating instructions

2.1 Electrophotographic processing mechanism ...............................23

2.2 Printing process ...........................................................................27
2.3 Image Scanning process .............................................................38

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

2.1 Electrophotographic processing mechanism

(1) Electrophotographic processing (2) Charging
The general of Electrophotography process is described as below. The voltage is impressed to the charging roller in contact with the surface of
OPC drum, and the surface of OPC drum is charged.
1. Charging
The voltage is impressed to CH roller, and the surface of OPC drum is Charging roller
electrified. Power
unit - -
2. Exposure - -
--
LED head irradiates light to the image signal on the surface of the electrified
OPC drum. The electricity of the irradiated part on the surface of the OPC drum
is attenuated by changing in light intensity, the electrostatic latent image is
formed on the surface of the OPC drum.
3. Development
The electrified toner adheres to the electrostatic latent image of the OPC drum OPC drum
by electrostatic force, and the image is developed on the surface of the OPC
drum.
(3) Exposure
4. Transfer
The light generated from LED head is irradiated onto the surface of the electrified
The paper is overlapped on the surface of the OPC drum, and the electricity OPC drum. The electricity of the irradiated part on the surface of the OPC drum is
is generated on the back of the paper by transfer roller, the toner image is attenuated by changing in light intensity, the electrostatic latent image is formed
transcribed to the paper. on the surface of the OPC drum.
5. Fusing
Heat and pressure are applied to the toner image on the paper in order to make LED head
it fusing.
6. Drum cleaning
Charging roller
The drum cleaning blade removes the toner left on the OPC drum after transfer. LED head
Power
7. Electricity removal unit - - -
- - --
--
The electric potential left on the drum is removed.
8. Belt cleaning
The belt cleaning blade removes the toner left on the belt.

OPC drum
OPC drum
Paper

45376001TH Rev.1 23 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(4) Development (5) Transfer

The toner adheres to the electrostatic latent image on the surface of the drum, The paper is overlapped on the surface of the OPC drum, and the electricity is
and the electrostatic latent image is changed into the toner image. generated on the back of the paper by transfer roller.
1. The sponge roller makes the toner adhere to the developing roller. When high voltage is impressed from the power supply to the transfer roller, the
electricity induced in the transfer roller is moved to the surface of the paper via
Charging roller
contact surface, and the toner is drawn from the surface of the OPC drum to the
surface of the paper.
- - -
- - --
--

- - -
- - --
- --
- Sponge roller OPC drum
-
Developing roller
-
-
OPC drum -

- Paper
2. The electrostatic latent image on the surface of the OPC drum surface is -
visualized by toner. -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+
-+
-+
-+ Transport belt
-+

Transfer roller
Power
unit

45376001TH Rev.1 24 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(6) Fusing (7) Drum cleaning

When the paper passes through the heat roller and backup roller unit, heat and The Unfused toner left on the OPC drum is cleaned up by the drum cleaning
pressure are applied to the toner image on the paper and the toner is fused onto blade, and all residual toner is collected in the waste toner area of the toner
the paper. cartridge.
The halogen lamps of 800W and 400W are built in heat roller. The backup roller Waste toner area
without built-in halogen lamp is heated by the heat transmission from the heat
roller. The fusing temperature is controlled by the temperature detected by the Toner cartridge
thermistor that is not in contacting with the surface of the heat roller. On the
other hand, the temperature detected by the thermistor rubbing the surface
of backup roller is used for controlling the fusing temperature under specified
conditions. Furthermore, a thermostat is used to limit the temperature rise, if
the temperature rise of heat roller exceeds a set point, the thermostat would be
open and the voltage supply to the heater would be cut off. The backup roller
unit is pressed on the heat roller by the spring on both sides.

Thermostat
ID unit
Thermistor
-
Drum cleaning blade -

Paper feeding path Paper Heat roller -

-+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+ -+
-+

Backup roller
(8) Electricity removal
The electricity on the surface of the OPC drum is attenuated by irradiating the
Pad light to the surface of the OPC drum after transfer.

Charging roller
Electricity-removing
light PCB
Fuser belt
Thermistor

Electricity-removing
light

OPC drum

45376001TH Rev.1 25 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(9) Belt cleaning

The toner left on the transport belt is cleaned up by the belt cleaning blade, and
all residual toner is collected in the waste toner box of the transport belt unit.

Transport belt

Belt waste toner box

Belt cleaning blade

45376001TH Rev.1 26 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

2.2 Printing process

The paper fed from tray 1 or tray 2, tray.3 is transferred by feeder roller, resister roller
L, and transfer roller. It is transferred by MPT paper feed roller and resister roller U
r
when the paper is fed from MPT. After that, the paper on the belt passes through the n stacke
Face-dow
electrophotography process of KYMC, and sequentially the unfused toner image is
generated on the paper. And then, the toner is fused by heat and pressure when it
Fac Heat roller MPT paper feed roller
is passed through the fuse unit. After fusing, the paper is delivered to the faceup or e-up Halogen lamp
facedown stacker by utilization of different delivery methods by opening or closing the sta
cke Transport belt Resister roller U
r Backup roller
faceup stacker.
Separator DUP
The operation of single-sided printing is described as above. The operation of duplex MPT
Reversal roller
printing is described as below.
As for the duplex print, the paper passed the fuse unit after initially back printing is drawn
into the Duplex unit by separator DUP. The paper entered into the paper reversing path is Transport roller Resister roller L
transferred from the paper reversing path to the inside of Duplex by reverse operation of
reversal roller. The paper passed over the inside of Duplex is fed from paper feed path of
Duplex by the transfer roller set in the transfer path of Duplex inside, which is shared with
the same paper feed path from the tray. The following operation is same as single-sided Paper reversing path Paper feed roller
printing with paper feeding from the tray.

Transport roller

Transport roller

45376001TH Rev.1 27 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(1) Paper feeding from 1st tray (2) Paper feeding from MPT
1. As figure 2-1 shows, a feed motor runs clockwise, a feed clutch engages and 1. As figure 2-3 shows, a feed motor runs counterclockwise, an MPT clutch
paper is fed (a feed roller rotates when the feed clutch engages). engages and paper is fed (an MPT feed roller rotates when the MPT clutch
2. After turning on an IN1 sensor, the paper is fed further a determined length engages).
until it touches a registration roller L (this corrects skews of the paper). 2. After turning on an IN2 sensor, the paper is fed further a determined length
3. As figure 2-2 shows, a registration clutch engages and the registration roller until it touches a registration roller U (this corrects skews of the paper).
L feeds paper (the registration roller L rotates when the registration clutch 3. As figure 2-4 shows, the feed motor runs clockwise and the registration roller
engages). U feeds the paper (the registration roller U rotates when the feed motor runs
clockwise).

WR Sensor IN2 Sensor MPT Feed Roller

Registration Clutch (rotating)
MPT Clutch
Registration Roller U (not engaging) WR Sensor (engaging)
(rotating) Registration Roller L
(not rotating)
Registration Roller U
(not rotating) IN2 Sensor
IN1 Sensor

Feed Clutch
(engaging)
Feed Roller
(rotating)
Feed Motor
(running clockwise)
Feed Motor
Paper (running counterclockwise)

Figure 2-1 Figure 2-3

Registration Clutch MPT Feed Roller

(engaging) (not rotating) MPT Clutch
(not engaging)
Registration Roller L
(rotating)

Registration Roller U
(rotating)

Feed Clutch
(not engaging)

Feed Roller
(not rotating)
Feed Motor
(running clockwise) Feed Motor
(running clockwise)
Paper
Figure 2-2 Figure 2-4

45376001TH Rev.1 28 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(3) Transport belt

1. When the transport belt motor is rotated in the direction of the arrow, the
transport belt is driven. As for the belt unit, a transfer roller is set over under
each color drum. The belt is caught and installed between the transfer roller
and drum.
As for the transport belt and transfer roller, if the specified voltage is
impressed, the paper on the transport belt would be delivered to the fuser
unit while transcribing the toner image on each color drum.

Drum

Transport belt
K Y M C

Transfer roller
Transport belt motor

Figure 2-5

45376001TH Rev.1 29 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(4) Updown operation of ID unit The operation of each ID unit when color printing

1. The up and down operation of the ID unit is done by driving the liftup motor. C-ID unit DOWN C-ID unit M-ID unit Y-ID unit K-ID unit
M-ID unit DOWN
2. Fig. 2-6 shows the operation of each ID unit when color printing. When the Y-ID unit DOWN
liftup motor is rotated (counter clockwise), the liftup link slides to left, and K-ID unit DOWN
each ID unit is in DOWN condition as shown in Fig. 2-6. Under this condition,
the color printing is available.
3. Fig. 2-7 shows the operation of each ID unit when mono printing. When the
liftup motor is rotated (clockwise), the liftup link slides to right, and each ID
unit (except K-ID unit) is in UP condition as shown in Fig. 2-7. Under this
condition, the mono printing is available.

Liftup link

Liftup motor (CCW)

Figure 2-6

The operation of each ID unit when mono printing

C-ID unit Liftup C-ID unit M-ID unit Y-ID unit K-ID unit
M-ID unit Liftup
Y-ID unit Liftup
K-ID unit DOWN

Liftup link

Liftup motor (CW)

Figure 2-7

45376001TH Rev.1 30 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(5) Fuse unit and paper delivery (6) Cover open operation of color blur sensor and density sensor
1. The fuse unit and the eject roller are driven by the DC motor as shown in 1. As shown in Fig. 2-9, when the fuse motor is rotated (clockwise), the cover
Fig. 2-8. When the fuse motor is rotated (counter clockwise), the heat roller open gear is operated and the cover of color blur sensor and density sensor
will begin to rotate. The heat roller makes the toner image fused to the paper is open.
by heat and pressure. 2. When the fuse motor is rotated (counter clockwise) in the opposite direction,
2. The paper exits while the eject roller rotates. the cover open gear is moved out of engagement and the cover of color blur
sensor and the density sensor is close.

Eject roller Eject roller

(Drive) (Stop)

Fuser unit

Heat roller Heat roller

(Drive) (stop)

Fuse motor Fuse motor

(CCW) (CW)
Cover open gear

Figure 2-8 Figure 2-9

45376001TH Rev.1 31 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

General of color blur correction

The color blur correction is operated by reading the pattern for correction printed on the
belt with a sensor set in the sensor shutter under the belt unit.
Transport belt
The pattern is detected by this sensor, and the correction is operated.

Color blur correction auto-start timing

•฀ When฀the฀power฀is฀on
•฀ When฀the฀cover฀is฀closed฀after฀the฀cover฀is฀opened฀once
•฀ When฀more฀than฀400฀copies฀are฀printed฀or฀when฀more฀than฀6฀hours฀have฀elapsed฀
since the last print Belt waste toner box
•฀ The฀Sleep฀mode฀has฀no฀color฀blur฀correction฀auto-start฀timings.
Sensor shutter Belt cleaning blade
Color blur sensor
The amount of toner of the pattern, the toner left on the sensor and the open-close
Color blur sensor
trouble of the shutter etc. may lead to correction error. However, as the error message
may not display even if the error is occurred, it is necessary to perform the color blur
correction (see 5.3.2.6) by the utilization of the self-diagnostic mode and confirm the error
Right color blur correction pattern
display.

Left color blur correction pattern

Color blur sensor

45376001TH Rev.1 32 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Error-confirming method and Error-solving method

Use the color blur correction test function in self-diagnostic mode to confirm the
error. (See 5.3.1.6)
Error solving method
•฀CALIBRATION(L or R), DYNAMICRANGE(L or R)
Check 1: When the above display appears, please check the connection
of sensor cable (FFC).
When the connection is abnormal, please set it properly.
Check 2: Please check if the surface of the sensor is dirty with the toner and paper
melts etc.
Check 3: Please confirm if the open and close operation of sensor shutter is
normal by utilization of MOTOR&CLUTCH TEST in self-diagnostic mode.
Exchange the shutter unit when the open and close operation is in
trouble.

If there are no problems in check 1, 2, and 3, please check the circuit.

Please exchange the color adjust sensor PCB, relay PCB, PU PCB, and the cable
one by one, and then check if the error is displayed.

•฀BELT REFLX ERR

Check 4: When this display appears, please check the cleaning of the toner left
on the surface of the belt after finishing the above-mentioned check 1, 2,
and 3. Remove the belt unit, and rotate the left inboard drive gear. Please
confirm that the surface of the belt is cleaned completely.
When the residual toner left on the surface of the belt could not be
cleaned completely even if the drive gear is rotated, please exchange the
belt unit.

•฀(Y or M or C) LEFT, (Y or M or C) RIGHT, (Y or M or C) HORIZONTAL

Check 5: When the above display appears, please confirm if the toner of NG color
is empty.
Please exchange the toner cartridge as required.

45376001TH Rev.1 33 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

General of the density correction

The density correction is operated by reading the pattern for correction printed on the belt
with a sensor set in the sensor shutter under the belt unit.
Transfer belt

Density correction auto-start timing

•฀ The฀environment฀is฀remarkably฀different฀from฀last฀time฀when฀the฀power฀is฀on.
•฀ When฀one฀or฀more฀ID฀count฀among฀the฀four฀ID฀count฀show฀the฀status฀of฀new฀part,฀
at the power on
•฀ The฀ID฀count฀value฀exceeds฀500-count฀from฀last฀operation.
•฀ When฀one฀or฀more฀UD฀is฀replaced฀with฀the฀new฀ID.
•฀ When฀the฀belt฀is฀replaced฀with฀the฀new฀belt Belt recycling toner box
•฀ When฀toner฀cartridge฀is฀replace฀due฀to฀Toner฀Low,฀or฀Toner฀Empty฀so฀that฀Toner฀
Low or Toner Empty has disappeared Sensor shutter Density sensor Belt cleaning blade

Density sensor
The amount of toner of the pattern, the toner dirt and the open-close trouble of the shutter
etc. may lead to correction error.
However, as the error message may not display even if the error is occurred, it is
necessary to perform the density correction (see 5.3.1.7) by the utilization of the self-
diagnostic mode and confirm the error display.

Density correction pattern

45376001TH Rev.1 34 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Error-confirming method and Error-solving method Toner sensor detection principle

Use the density correction test function in self-diagnostic mode to confirm the error. Toner low is detected by the toner sensor (reflect sensor) installed in the equipment.
(See 5.3.1.7) The light board is installed in ID, and its rotation is synchronized with the mixing of toner.
Moreover, the shutter is installed in ID. Toner cartridge set properly by the lever of toner
cartridge and synchronized toner sensor can be detected.
Error solving method The following problems may lead to abnormal detection and the toner sensor error is
•฀CALIBRATION ERR, DENS SENSOR ERR occurred.
Check 1: When the above display appears, please check the connection of sensor
cable.
When the connection is abnormal, please set it properly.
Check 2: Please check if the surface of the sensor is dirty with the toner and paper
melts etc.
Please wipe the dirt off if the sensor is dirty.

If there are no problems in check 1, 2, and 3, please check the circuit.

Shutter
Please exchange the density sensor, relay PCB, PU PCB, and the cable one by one,
and then check if the error is displayed. Toner sensor

Light board
•฀DENS SHUTTER ERR
Check 3: Please confirm if the open and close operation of sensor shutter is
normal by utilization of MOTOR&CLUTCH TEST in self-diagnostic mode.
Exchange the shutter unit when the open and close operation is in Toner count principle
trouble. After the image data is transformed into binary data which can be printed by the printer, the
data is counted as print dot number by LSI. The amount of the used toner is calculated from this
•฀DENS ID ERR count value, and the residual amount is displayed on the menu.
Check 4: Remove the ID unit, and confirm if the toner abnormally leaves on the Toner LOW detection (residual amount display on LCD) by the toner sensor is to detect a
surface of the drum. certain amount of the reduction of the toner left in ID.
Exchange LED head (Focus control). Or exchange the ID unit.
When a new ID unit is tried to use, please set the fuse keep mode of the
maintenance menu. The principle of ID counter, belt counter, fuse counter
ID counter : when 3 pieces of A4 paper are continuously printed, one third of the
rotation of the drum is set as one count.
Belt counter : when 3 pieces of A4 paper are continuously printed, one thirdof the
rotation of the drum is assumed as one count.
Fuse counter : The length of paper of legal 13 inch is set as nominal value.
If the length of paper is less than this nominal value, it is assumed as
one count. If the length of paper is more than this nominal value,the
counted number is determined by the times of legal 13 inch.
(The number after decimal point is rounded up.)

45376001TH Rev.1 35 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Counter spec
Total printed page MPT printed page Tray 1 printed page Tray 2 printed page Tray 3 printed page
Color-printed page number Mono-printed page number
number number number number number
Description Total printed page Hopping page Hopping page Hopping page Hopping page Printed page number by Printed page number by
number number from MPT number from Tray1 number from Tray2 number from Tray3 color-printing mono-printing
Count method A4 Count up after Count up if Count up if Tray1 Count up if Tray2 Count up if Tray3 The page number is counted The page number is
conversion or size passing the writing MPF(MPT) hopping hopping is finished hopping is finished hopping is finished up by detecting the paper counted up by detecting the
independence sensor is finished passing the fuser in color- paper passing the fuser in
printing mode after the job is mono-printing mode after
finished. (1*) the job is finished. (1*)
The value is A4/Letter value. The value is A4/Letter
Please refer to A4/ Letter value.
conversion table (P37). Please refer to A4/ Letter
conversion table (P37).
Operation when Cannot count when paper feeding (hopping) jam and feed jam are occurred. Cannot count if the jam is occurred before the paper passes
paper jammed It can count except the above-mentioned jam. the fuser.
As total printed page number is counted up when the front end of the page passes the writing sensor, according to It can count if the jam is occurred after the paper passes the
the jam type, the feeding jam (380) is also included in the limits for counted. fuser.

Operation for Front/Back count(+2) Only front count (+1) Double count
Duplex If the color page and mono page exist together, the color
printing page number would be plus 1 and the mono printing
page number would be plus 1.
Reset condition None None 1) When "Format Flash ROM" of system maintenance menu
is performed.
2) When CU PCB is replaced.
3) When MENU RESET of system maintenance menu is
performed.
Value storage PU PU PU PU PU CU CU
destination
Menu/MenuMap (*2)
output
EngineMenuMap (*3) (*3) (*3) (*3) − −
output

*1. Count cannot be updated if the power is turned off when the jam is occurred.
*2. In the initial state MenuMap output is not available. It is possible to switch in the system maintenance menu.
*3. EngineMenuMap output divides into Engine Menu Print (the first page) and Engine EEPROM Dump Print (the last page), however, the number of paper fed from each tray is
output only to the latter one (DUMP display only).

45376001TH Rev.1 36 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

A4/Letter conversion table

The paper is counted up as this sheet.

Paper size Simplex Duplex

LETTER 1 2
EXECUTIVE 1 2
LEGAL14 1 2
LEGAL13.5 1 2
LEGAL13 1 2
A4 1 2
A5 1 2
A6 1 -
B5 1 2
COM-9 1 -
COM-10 1 -
MONARCH 1 -
DL 1 -
C5 1 -
CUSTOM LENGTH ≤ 210mm 1 2
CUSTOM 210mm < LENGTH ≤ 899mm 2 4
CUSTOM 900mm ≤ LENGTH 4 -

45376001TH Rev.1 37 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

2.3 Image Scanning process

2.3.1 Structure and process of RADF 2.3.1.2 Electrical configuration

Electrical circuit configuration
2.3.1.1 Cross-section view
This Scanner is controlled by the SU board(7SU).
䐢 䐡 䐠 䐟
䐤 The ASIC mounted on the SU board(7SU) control the DC load devices such as motor,
䐥 solenoid and clutch via the ADF Relation board(7RL), in dependance of the sensor signals
and control signals from the CU board not to be shown in the below figure.

Motor
Sensor
ADF Relation board
(7RL) Solenoid
Clutch
MOTIF SNSIF

䐬
䐭 +24V +3.3V

䐣 䐫
䐩 䐪 䐮
䐧䐦 䐨 ADFM ADFS

Paper tray Pressure roller

SU board
Paper guide Paper holder (7SU)
Pick-up roller Scan roller
Feed roller Pinch roller
Retard roller Exit roller
Transfer roller Upper pinch roller
Pinch roller Lower pinch roller
Regist roller ⑯ Paper stocker

45376001TH Rev.1 38 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

2.3.1.3 Fundamental operations Overview of operation modes

There are four operation modes that are executed by the MFP. The respective operation
Drive force trasmission diagram
modes are executed in accordance with the instructions given by the connected equipment
The MFP is a document feed device of skim reading only. to implement the print operation.
Drive force diagram of the MFP is shown below. Name of the operation modes, the overview of the operation and the corresponding print
modes are shown in the following table.
㼇㻝㼉
㻔㻼㻹㻕

㻼㻵㻝㻡 㼇㻥㼉 㻔㻿㻱㼀㻕

Name of the operation Overview of the

㻼㻵㻝㻠 㼇㻣㼉 㻔㻴㻻㻼㻕

㼇㻤㼉 㻔㻯㻸㻝㻕

㼇㻝㻜㼉 㻔㻿㻸㻕
㼇㻠㼉 㻔㻯㻸㻞㻕

Supporting print modes

modes operation
[1] Normal direction Document is fed Single-sided document → Single-sided print
㼇㻢㼉

feed paper/Unload and scanned. Single-sided document → Both-sided print

paper Upon completion of (This operation is performed in both cases
㻼㻵㻝㻟 㼇㻡㼉 㻔㻾㻱㼂㻕

scan, document is when documents of same width and different

㻯㻸㻝
㻯㻸㻞

㻿㻸

unloaded as it is. width are used.)

㻹
㻼㻵㻝㻞 㼇㻟㼉 㻔㻾㻱㻳㻕
㻼㻵㻝㻝 㼇㻞㼉 㻔㻿㻯㻺㻕

㼛㼚㼑㻌㼣㼍㼥 [2] Normal direction Document is fed Both-sided document → Both-sided print
feed paper/ and scanned. Upon Both-sided document → single-sided print
Inverted unload completion of scan, (This operation is performed in both cases
paper document is inverted when documents of same width and different
and unloaded. width are used.)

[1] ADF Relation board(7RL) [6] Feed and transport motor drive signal
[2] Document detection signal [7] Document set signal
[3] Document detection signal [8] Feed clutch signal
[4] Regist clutch signal [9] Document set signal
[5] Document detection signal [10] Gear change solenoid signal

45376001TH Rev.1 39 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Normal direction feed paper and unload paper (single-sided document →

single sided print) operation
Outline of document flow is shown below.
Supplement : When a single-sided document is selected, this operation is performed
regardless of the same size mixed documents or different sizes mixed
documents.

Feeding Paper
Scanning

Loop Creation
Discharging paper

Scaning Stand-by
Job end

45376001TH Rev.1 40 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Normal direction feed paper/Inverted unloading of paper (both-sided

document → both sided print) operation
Outline of document flow is shown below.
Supplement : When a both-sided document is selected, this operation is performed
regardless of the same size mixed documents or different sizes mixed
documents.

Feeding paper Inversion Transport Scanning stand-by

Transport Loop creation Inversion

Scanning

Scanning stand-by Transport Discharging paper

Transport scanning Loop creation Job end

45376001TH Rev.1 41 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

2.3.1.4 Document detection Detection of final document

The document set sensor (PI15) detect if the document that has started of the final document
Document present/absent detection
has passed the set sensor lever, the detection lever moves together with the light-shielding
Document present/absent detection on the document tray is performed by document set plate so that the photo interrupter that has been shutting down the light, passes the light.
sensor (PI15). When a document is placed on th edocument tray, the detection lever moves Thus, the document set sensor (PI15) issues the document set detection signal (SET). Telling
together with the light-shielding plate so that photo interrupter that has been passing the light, that the document under feeding is the final document, to the connected equipment via the
shut down the light. Thus, the document set sensor (PI15) issues the document detection ADF Relation board(7RL).
signal (SET) telling that a document is set, to the connected equipment via the ADF Relation
board(7RL).

㻭㻰㻲㻌㻾㼑㼘㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚㻌㼎㼛㼍㼞㼐㻔㻣㻾㻸㻕
㻭㻰㻲㻌㻾㼑㼘㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚㻌㼎㼛㼍㼞㼐㻔㻣㻾㻸㻕
㻰㼛㼏㼡㼙㼑㼚㼠

㻿㻱㼀
㻿㻱㼀

㻰㼑㼠㼑㼏㼠㼕㼛㼚㻌㼘㼑㼢㼑㼞
㻰㼑㼠㼑㼏㼠㼕㼛㼚㻌㼘㼑㼢㼑㼞 㻰㼛㼏㼡㼙㼑㼚㼠
㻼㻵㻝㻡
㻼㻵㻝㻡

45376001TH Rev.1 42 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

2.3.1.5 Jam detection 2.3.2 Document table structure

Document jam is detected by the sensors shown in the illustration.Check timing of the
document jam detection has already been memorized in the ROM of the sensor main PCB
2.3.2.1 Overview
beforehand so that jam occurrence can be judged from the information if a document exits or Flatbed unit consist of Cover-Top-Assy, Frame-Bottom-Assy, Carriage-Assy and Flatbed drive
not, at the corresponding sensor block. block.
The lamp (LED) is located on top of the Carriage-Assy. The light imadiated by the lamp (LED)
PI15
PI14 rodrenze in this order and reaches the CMOS Sensor.

PI16
PI13

PI11

PI12

PI11 : Scan sensor

PI12 : Regist sensor
PI13 : Reverse sensor
PI14 : Hopping sensor
Pl15 : Document set sensor
Pl16 : Cover open/close sensor

45376001TH Rev.1 43 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 2. Operating instructions
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

2.3.2.2 Exposure block 2.3.2.3 Carraige-Assy drive mechanism

Carriage-Assy drive mechanism
1
Carriage-Assy performs the function of irradiating the lamp light uniformly over a document
while moving its position.
The carriage-Assy is driven by a belt which is driven by the FB motor. Scanner moves at the
scan speed corresponding to the respective magnification ratios that are set with reference to
the standard scanning speed.
Home position of the carriage-Assy is the position where the home sensor is located. The
home position is the reference position of the scanning operation.

1. Lamp
LED(R,G,B) is used toirradiate light to document

2. Rod lens 4 5
The reflected light from document is again reflected to the CMOS sensor

1 Home Sensor
2 Carriage Assy
3 FB Motor
4 Belt
5 Shaft

45376001TH Rev.1 44 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3. Set up

3.1 Notes and precautions.................................................................46

3.2 Unpack method ...........................................................................47
3.3 Setting method ............................................................................48
3.4 List of equipments and accessories ............................................49
3.5 Assembling method .....................................................................50
3.6 Setting content print (Configuration) ............................................64
3.7 Connecting method .....................................................................65
3.8 User used Paper confirmation .....................................................69

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.1 Notes and precautions

•฀ Do฀not฀set฀it฀in฀any฀high-temperature฀locations฀or฀near฀any฀heat฀sources. •฀ If฀the฀liquid฀such฀as฀water฀enters฀the฀MFP,฀please฀pull฀out฀the฀power฀plug฀from฀the฀
•฀ Do฀not฀set฀it฀in฀a฀place฀where฀the฀chemical฀reaction฀may฀occur฀(laboratory฀etc.). outlet฀and฀contact฀the฀customer฀center.It฀may฀cause฀ire.
•฀ Do฀not฀set฀it฀near฀any฀liquid฀that฀may฀ignite฀such฀as฀alcohol฀and฀thinner. •฀ If฀you฀drop฀the฀foreign฀objects฀such฀as฀clip฀in฀the฀MFP,฀please฀pull฀out฀the฀power฀plug฀
•฀ Do฀not฀keep฀it฀out฀of฀reach฀of฀children. from฀the฀outlet฀and฀take฀the฀foreign฀objects฀out.฀
•฀ Do฀not฀place฀it฀on฀an฀unstable฀or฀uneven฀surface฀ ฀ This฀may฀cause฀an฀electric฀shock,฀ire,฀injury.
(unstable table and slanting place, etc.). •฀ Do฀not฀disassemble฀the฀MFP฀unless฀following฀the฀correct฀procedure฀written฀in฀the฀
•฀ Do฀not฀put฀it฀in฀direct฀sunshine.฀And฀do฀not฀put฀it฀in฀a฀moist฀or฀dusty฀place. manual.This฀may฀cause฀an฀electric฀shock,฀ire,฀injury.

•฀ Do฀not฀set฀it฀in฀wet฀or฀corrosive฀environment.
•฀ Do฀not฀set฀it฀in฀a฀place฀where฀may฀cause฀vibration.
•฀ If฀the฀MFP฀is฀dropped฀down฀or฀the฀cover฀is฀damaged,฀please฀pull฀out฀the฀power฀plug฀
from the outlet and contact the customer center. •฀ Do฀not฀set฀it฀in฀a฀place฀where฀the฀vent฀hole฀of฀the฀MFP฀is฀blocked.
฀ This฀may฀cause฀an฀electric฀shock,฀ire,฀injury. •฀ Do฀not฀set฀it฀directly฀on฀heavy฀wool฀or฀shag฀carpet.
•฀ Please฀read฀this฀manual฀carefully฀before฀connecting฀the฀power฀supply฀cable,฀printer฀ •฀ Do฀not฀place฀it฀in฀locations฀of฀poor฀ventilation฀such฀as฀enclosed฀areas.
cable, ground cable. •฀ Give฀particular฀attention฀to฀adequate฀ventilation฀care฀when฀using฀it฀continuously฀in฀a฀
฀ This฀may฀cause฀ire. narrow฀room฀for฀a฀long฀time.
•฀ Do฀not฀insert฀any฀foreign฀objects฀into฀the฀vent฀hole. •฀ Do฀not฀place฀it฀close฀to฀strong฀magnetic฀ields฀and฀noise฀source.
฀ This฀may฀cause฀an฀electric฀shock,฀ire,฀injury.
•฀ Do฀not฀place฀it฀next฀to฀the฀monitor฀and฀television.
•฀ Do฀not฀put฀a฀vessel(s)฀illed฀with฀water฀on฀the฀MFP.
•฀ Hold฀tightly฀the฀both฀sides฀of฀the฀MFP฀when฀you฀move฀the฀MFP.
฀ This฀may฀cause฀an฀electric฀shock,฀ire.
•฀ Because฀ the฀ weight฀ of฀ the฀ MFP฀ is฀ approximately฀ 60kg฀ (in฀ a฀ state฀ of฀ packing),฀ it฀
•฀ Do฀not฀touch฀the฀fuser฀unit฀when฀you฀open฀the฀cover฀of฀the฀MFP.
needs฀more฀than฀two฀adults฀to฀lift฀it฀up.
฀ It฀is฀hot฀and฀could฀cause฀burns.
•฀ Do฀not฀come฀close฀to฀the฀paper฀exit฀part฀while฀printing.
•฀ Do฀not฀throw฀the฀toner฀cartridge,฀the฀image฀drum฀cartridge฀into฀the฀ire.
฀ This฀may฀cause฀injury.
฀ It฀may฀cause฀burns฀due฀to฀dust฀explosion.
•฀ Do฀not฀use฀inlammable฀sprays฀near฀the฀MFP. Please฀ explain฀ the฀ safety฀ precautions฀ about฀ installation฀ and฀ handling฀ with฀ showing฀ the฀
฀ It฀may฀cause฀ire฀because฀some฀parts฀in฀the฀MFP฀may฀become฀very฀hot. all฀precautions฀in฀user's฀manual฀to฀customer.฀Especially,฀the฀details฀about฀power฀supply฀
cable฀and฀the฀ground฀cable฀must฀be฀explained฀completely.
•฀ If฀ the฀ cover฀ becomes฀ abnormally฀ hot,฀ smoke฀ rises,฀ it฀ smells฀ strange฀ or฀ it฀ sounds฀
abnormal,฀please฀pull฀out฀the฀power฀plug฀from฀the฀outlet฀and฀contact฀the฀customer฀
center.
฀ It฀may฀cause฀ire.

45376001TH Rev.1 46 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.2 Unpack method

Personal฀injuries฀may฀occur.

B e c a u s e฀ t h e฀ w e i g h t฀ o f฀ t h e฀ M F P฀ i s฀ a p p r o x i m a t e l y฀
60kg(71kg:Finisher฀model)฀(in฀a฀state฀of฀packing),฀it฀needs฀more฀
than three adults to lift it up.

•฀ Take฀out฀the฀gripe฀on฀each฀side฀as฀shown฀in฀the฀following฀igure,฀and฀lift฀the฀
cardboard฀box฀up.

Gripe
(Four gripes on all sides)

45376001TH Rev.1 47 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.3 Setting method

•฀ Set฀the฀MFP฀under฀these฀conditions. Plan฀view
Surrounding environment: 10~32
Surrounding฀humidity:฀ 20~80%RH฀(Relative฀humidity) 20cm

Highest฀wet฀bulb฀temperature:฀ 25

•฀ Protect฀the฀MFP฀from฀dew฀formation.
•฀ Use฀ the฀ humidiier฀ or฀ the฀ static฀ electricity฀ prevention฀ mats฀ etc.฀ when฀ setting฀ the฀
MFP฀in฀the฀environment฀where฀the฀humidity฀is฀30%฀or฀less.

Set space 60cm 100cm

•฀ The฀lat฀desk฀should฀be฀wide฀enough฀to฀put฀the฀MFP฀on.
20cm
•฀ Ensure฀that฀there฀is฀enough฀room฀around฀the฀MFP฀for฀proper฀ventilation.

Side฀view

70cm

45376001TH Rev.1 48 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.4 List of equipments and accessories

•฀ Make฀sure฀that฀the฀appearance฀of฀the฀equipment฀is฀not฀damaged฀or฀dirty฀etc. ฀Printer฀software฀CD-ROM
•฀ Make฀sure฀that฀the฀following฀accessories฀are฀supplied฀with฀your฀MFP.฀ ฀Power฀supply฀cord
•฀ If฀ you฀ are฀ missing฀ any฀ of฀ these฀ accessories,฀ contact฀ your฀ customer฀ service฀ ฀Guarantee฀card฀and฀user฀registration฀card
department฀immediately.
User’s manual (Setup)
฀User’s฀manual฀(CD-ROM)
Personal฀injuries฀may฀occur.
฀TEL฀Cable(for฀ODA฀only)
Because฀the฀weight฀of฀the฀MFP฀body฀is฀approximately฀50kg฀
(60kg in a state of packing), it needs more than three adults to lift it
up. Notes! The printer cable is not included.

฀MFP฀(Body)

฀Image฀drum฀cartridge฀(1฀Cyan,฀1฀the฀magenta,฀1฀yellow,฀and฀1฀black)฀(mounted฀in฀
the฀MFP)

฀ Explain฀to฀the฀customer฀that฀the฀toner฀cartridge฀and฀the฀image฀drum฀cartridge฀can฀
be separated.

45376001TH Rev.1 49 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.5 Assembling method

3.5.1฀Assemble฀the฀main฀body฀of฀the฀MFP (3)฀ Peel฀off฀the฀protection฀tape฀(5฀places)฀on฀the฀back฀of฀the฀MFP.

Remove the protective materials.

(1) Peel off the desiccant and the protection tape (three places) and pad on the
MFP.
Duplex฀unit

Pad

Protection tape

(4)฀ Conirm฀that฀the฀Duplex฀unit฀is฀ixed฀tightly.
Protection tape

Protection tape (5)฀ Open฀the฀ADF฀and฀peel฀off฀the฀protection฀tape฀(4฀places)฀and฀sheet(2฀places).

(2)฀ Peel฀off฀the฀paper฀on฀the฀front฀of฀MFP.
Protection tape

Sheet

Sheet

Protection tape
Paper

45376001TH Rev.1 50 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(6)฀฀ Open฀the฀scanner฀and฀press฀down฀the฀OPEN฀button,฀and฀open฀the฀top฀cover. (7)฀ Remove฀ the฀ stopper฀ (orange)฀ when฀ pressing฀ down฀ the฀ lever฀ of฀ the฀ fuser฀ unit฀
(blue)฀in฀the฀direction฀of฀arrow฀ .

Note!฀ If฀ you฀ do฀ not฀ use฀ the฀ MFP฀ for฀ a฀ long฀ time฀ or฀ transport฀ it,฀ please฀ use฀ the฀
stopper.฀Please฀keep฀it฀carefully.

Lever฀of฀fuser฀unit฀(Blue)

OPEN฀button

Stopper฀(Orange)

45376001TH Rev.1 51 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Set the image drum cartridge. (2)฀฀ Put฀ the฀ image฀ drum฀ cartridge฀ on฀ the฀ newspaper฀ etc,฀ peel฀ off฀ the฀ tape฀ of฀
protection฀sheet฀and฀pull฀it฀out฀in฀the฀direction฀of฀the฀arrow.

(1)฀ Take฀the฀image฀drum฀cartridge฀(four)฀out฀slowly.

Note!฀ •฀ The฀ image฀ drum฀ (green฀ cylinder)฀ is฀ very฀ fragile.฀ Please฀ pay฀ special฀
attention to handling it.
฀ •฀ Do฀ not฀ expose฀ the฀ image฀ drum฀ cartridge฀ to฀ direct฀ sunshine฀ and฀ strong฀
light฀(about฀1500฀lux).฀And฀do฀not฀expose฀it฀to฀room฀light฀for฀more฀than฀5฀
minutes. Protection sheet

Starter toner cartridge

(3) Remove all protection sheets from the image drum cartridge.

Protection sheet
Image฀drum
cartridge

45376001TH Rev.1 52 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(4)฀ Return฀the฀image฀drum฀cartridge฀back฀to฀the฀MFP. (6) Close the top cover and scanner.

Note!฀ If฀ the฀ message฀ of฀ [%COLOR%฀Waste฀Toner฀ Full.Replace฀Toner.]฀ on฀ the฀

control฀panel฀doesn't฀disappear฀indeinitely,฀please฀make฀sure฀that฀the฀lever฀
of฀the฀toner฀cartridge฀is฀fully฀moved฀in฀the฀direction฀of฀the฀arrow.
(5)฀ Turn฀the฀lever฀of฀each฀starter฀toner฀cartridge฀in฀the฀direction฀of฀the฀arrow.
฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀(Four฀levers)

Lever(Blue)

45376001TH Rev.1 53 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Set the paper into the paper cassette. ฀(4)฀ Place฀the฀paper฀in฀the฀cassette฀with฀the฀side฀to฀be฀printed฀facing฀down.

(1) Pull out the paper cassette. Note!฀ •฀ Place฀the฀paper฀with฀the฀top฀of฀the฀page฀nearest฀the฀paper฀cassette฀tab.

฀ •฀ Do฀not฀place฀the฀paper฀higher฀than฀the฀" "฀mark฀on฀the฀paper฀guide.฀(530฀
Do฀not฀peel฀off฀the฀rubber฀attached฀to฀the฀plate.
pieces for 70kg paper)
(2)฀ Adjust฀ the฀ paper฀ stopper฀ and฀ the฀ paper฀ guide฀ to฀ match฀ the฀ size฀ of฀ the฀ paper,฀
and฀then฀ix฀them฀tightly.
(5)฀ Place฀the฀paper฀in฀position฀by฀paper฀guide.
(6) Rotate the paper size dial to match the paper.
(7)฀ Return฀the฀paper฀cassette฀back฀to฀the฀MFP.

Paper stopper

Paper guide

Place the printed side

facing down.
Plate

(3)฀฀ Flex฀ the฀ paper฀ back฀ and฀ forth.฀ Do฀ not฀ fold฀ or฀ crease฀ the฀ paper.฀ Straighten฀ the฀
edges on a level surface.
mark

Paper guide
Paper set direction

45376001TH Rev.1 54 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Set฀the฀paper฀in฀multi-paper฀tray. (4) Place the printed side facing up, and insert the paper along the manual insertion
guide฀straightly฀until฀bumping฀up.

(1)฀ Open฀the฀multi-paper฀tray,฀and฀open฀the฀paper฀supporter.

Multi-paper฀tray

Note!฀ Set฀papers฀so฀that฀paper฀should฀not฀exceed฀the฀฀" "฀฀mark.฀(100฀sheets฀of฀

(2)฀ Match฀the฀manual฀insertion฀guide฀to฀the฀size฀of฀the฀paper. paper฀with฀ream฀weight฀of฀70฀kg฀or฀10฀envelopes)

(3)฀ Flex฀the฀paper฀back฀and฀forth.฀Straighten฀the฀edges฀on฀a฀level฀surface.
(5)฀ Press฀down฀the฀set฀button.

Manual฀insertion
guide

Multi-paper฀tray

Paper supporter
Manual฀insertion
guide

Set button

45376001TH Rev.1 55 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Loading฀Documents฀on฀the฀ADF Loading฀Documents฀on฀the฀Document฀Glass
(1)฀ Load฀your฀documents฀face฀up฀on฀the฀ADF. (1) Lift and open the document glass cover.
฀ If฀your฀documents฀are฀portrait,฀load฀them฀with฀the฀top฀edge฀of฀the฀documents฀in฀irst. (2)฀ Place฀a฀document฀face฀down฀on฀the฀document฀glass.
฀ If฀your฀document฀is฀portrait,฀align฀its฀top฀edge฀to฀the฀upper-left฀corner฀of฀the฀glass.

If฀your฀documents฀are฀landscape,฀load฀them฀with฀the฀left฀edge฀of฀the฀documents฀in฀
first.

If฀your฀document฀is฀landscape,฀align฀its฀right฀edge฀to฀the฀upper-left฀corner฀of฀the฀
glass.

(2)฀ Adjust฀the฀document฀guides฀to฀the฀width฀of฀your฀documents.

(3)฀ Close฀the฀document฀glass฀cover฀gently.
Note!　If฀ you฀ want฀ to฀ use฀ [N-in-1],฀ [Sort]฀ or฀ [DuplexCopy]฀ functions,฀ change฀ the฀
[Document฀Direction]฀setting฀according฀to฀the฀direction฀of฀your฀document฀to฀
get฀the฀output฀you฀want.฀The฀default฀setting฀is฀[Portrait].

45376001TH Rev.1 56 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.5.2 Cable connect Connect฀the฀power฀cord.

Power฀condition Note!฀ Conirm฀that฀the฀power฀switch฀is฀turned฀to฀OFF฀"฀ ".
(1)฀ Insert฀the฀power฀cord฀into฀the฀MFP.
•฀ Keep฀the฀following฀items.
AC฀voltage฀ :฀฀100V฀±10%฀/110~127V฀±฀10%/฀220~240V฀±฀10%
Frequency฀of฀the฀power฀supply฀ :฀฀50Hz฀or฀60Hz฀±฀2%
•฀Use฀the฀voltage฀adjusting฀transformer฀etc.฀when฀the฀power฀supply฀is฀unstable.
•฀The฀maximum฀power฀consumption฀of฀this฀MFP฀is฀1,500W.฀Conirm฀the฀power฀supply฀
can฀provide฀enough฀power.
•฀The฀operation฀with฀UPS฀(uninterruptible฀power฀supplies)฀is฀not฀guaranteed. O I
฀ Explain฀to฀the฀customers฀that฀do฀not฀use฀UPS฀(uninterruptible฀power฀supplies).

It฀may฀cause฀an฀electric฀shock,฀ire.
(2)฀ Insert฀the฀power฀plug฀into฀the฀outlet.
•฀ Installation฀and฀removal฀of฀the฀power฀supply฀cord฀and฀the฀ground฀cable฀must฀be฀performed฀after฀pressing฀
down฀the฀power฀switch฀to฀OFF.
•฀ Please฀connect฀the฀ground฀cable฀with฀a฀specified฀ground฀terminal.฀Please฀contact฀the฀dealer฀if฀you฀cannot฀get฀it.
•฀ Be฀careful฀not฀to฀connect฀it฀with฀the฀lightning฀rod,฀the฀water฀pipe,฀the฀gas฀pipe,฀and฀the฀earth฀of฀the฀ Press฀down฀the฀power฀switch฀to฀ON(฀|฀).
telephone฀wire.
•฀ Connection฀of฀the฀ground฀terminal฀must฀be฀performed฀before฀inserting฀the฀power฀plug฀into฀the฀power฀outlet.฀
And,฀removal฀of฀the฀ground฀terminal฀must฀be฀performed฀after฀pulling฀the฀power฀plug฀out฀of฀the฀power฀outlet.
•฀ Please฀hold฀the฀power฀plug฀to฀disconnect฀or฀plug฀in฀the฀power฀supply฀cord.
•฀ Please฀insert฀the฀power฀plug฀irmly฀into฀the฀outlet.
•฀ Do฀not฀pull฀out฀or฀plug฀in฀the฀power฀plug฀with฀wet฀hands.
O I
•฀ Do฀not฀locate฀the฀MFP฀in฀a฀place฀where฀the฀cord฀may฀be฀abused฀by฀persons฀walking฀on,฀and฀do฀not฀place฀
the฀heavy฀objects฀on฀the฀power฀cord.
•฀ Do฀not฀use฀the฀power฀supply฀cord฀that฀is฀bundled฀or฀connect฀the฀power฀supply฀with฀an฀extension฀cord.
•฀ Do฀not฀use฀a฀damaged฀power฀supply฀cord.
•฀ Do฀not฀use฀a฀multiple฀outlet฀extension฀cord. If฀the฀MFP฀is฀completely฀started฀up,฀the฀message฀"Ready฀To฀Print"฀would฀be฀displayed฀on฀
•฀ Please฀connect฀this฀MFP฀into฀an฀outlet฀different฀from฀that฀to฀which฀other฀electric฀products฀is฀connected.฀ the฀control฀panel฀shown฀as฀follows.
Especially,฀the฀operation฀of฀the฀MFP฀might฀be฀affected฀by฀the฀electrical฀noise฀when฀the฀MFP฀is฀connected฀ Note!฀ When฀the฀MFP฀is฀getting฀cold,฀it฀may฀lead฀to฀error฀if฀the฀power฀is฀turned฀on.฀
simultaneously฀with฀the฀air-conditioner,฀the฀copier฀and฀shredder฀etc.฀Please฀use฀the฀noise฀ilter฀or฀the฀noise฀ (Error฀ number฀ CE52,C41D,C466).฀ At฀ this฀ time,฀ please฀ turn฀ off฀ the฀ power฀
cut-off฀transformer฀sold฀at฀the฀market฀if฀you฀have฀to฀connect฀the฀MFP฀into฀a฀same฀outlet.
and฀wait฀for฀a฀while,฀and฀then฀turn฀on฀the฀power฀again.
•฀ Please฀use฀the฀attached฀power฀cord฀and฀insert฀it฀into฀the฀outlet฀directly.฀Do฀not฀use฀an฀unspeciied฀power฀cord.
•฀ Do฀not฀use฀an฀extension฀cable.฀Please฀use฀a฀cable฀that฀is฀more฀than฀15A฀current฀rating฀if฀you฀have฀to฀use฀
an฀extension฀cable.
•If฀the฀extension฀cord฀is฀used,฀the฀MFP฀might฀operate฀abnormally฀by฀the฀decrease฀of฀AC฀voltage.
•Do฀not฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀or฀switch฀off฀the฀power฀during฀printing.
•Please฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀if฀you฀do฀not฀use฀the฀MFP฀for฀a฀long฀time฀(long฀vacation฀or฀travel฀etc).
•Do฀not฀use฀the฀attached฀power฀cord฀of฀this฀MFP฀to฀the฀other฀electric฀products.

Explain฀completely฀the฀connection฀of฀the฀power฀supply฀cable฀and฀the฀ground฀cable฀with฀
showing฀the฀user's฀manual฀to฀customer.

45376001TH Rev.1 57 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Turn฀the฀power฀off. When฀do฀not฀use฀the฀MFP฀for฀long฀time
Note!฀ If฀ you฀ turn฀ off฀ the฀ power฀ without฀ properly฀ shutting฀ down,฀ it฀ may฀ cause฀ Please฀explain฀to฀the฀customer฀about฀the฀following฀items.
damage฀to฀the฀MFP.฀Please฀follow฀the฀following฀procedure฀to฀turn฀the฀power฀ Unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀if฀you฀do฀not฀use฀the฀MFP฀for฀a฀long฀time฀(long฀vacation฀or฀travel฀etc).฀
off.
Install฀the฀stopper฀to฀the฀fuser.
(1)฀฀ A฀message฀[Shut฀down฀Yes/No]฀appears.฀Be฀sure฀Yes฀is฀selected฀and฀press฀the฀
Set ฀[Power]฀฀button.
฀ A฀message฀[Shutting฀down]฀appears,฀the฀MFP฀being฀shutting฀down. Note! •Remove฀the฀power฀plug฀out฀of฀the฀power฀outlet.
•Even฀if฀the฀power฀plug฀of฀this฀MFP฀is฀pulled฀out฀for฀a฀long฀time฀(four฀
[Power] button weeks฀or฀more),฀the฀functional฀problems฀will฀not฀be฀caused฀easily.฀
However,฀ please฀ explain฀ to฀ the฀ customer฀ that฀ the฀ deterioration฀ of฀
consumable such as toners and the image drums is not guaranteed.

(2)฀฀ If฀ the฀ message฀ [Turn฀ off฀ power/Shutdown฀ completed]฀ is฀ displayed,฀ press฀ down฀
the฀power฀switch฀to฀OFF฀" ".

O I

45376001TH Rev.1 58 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.5.3฀Optional฀part฀installation฀and฀conirmation (1)-2.฀Install฀the฀optional฀tray฀unit฀to฀the฀MFP.
Note!฀ Because฀the฀weight฀of฀the฀MFP฀body฀is฀approximately฀50kg,฀it฀needs฀more฀
(1)฀Installation฀of฀the฀optional฀tray฀unit฀(second/฀third/฀fourth฀tray/฀LCF) than three adults to lift it up.

Notes!฀ •฀ Fourth฀tray:not฀support฀for฀Finisher฀model฀ ① Match฀the฀tab฀into฀the฀hole฀in฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀MFP.

It฀is฀a฀traditional฀paper฀tray฀for฀adding฀paper฀into฀MFP.฀ ② Put฀the฀MFP฀on฀the฀optional฀tray฀unit฀slowly.
Second/ third/ fourth tray฀:฀530฀pieces฀of฀70kg฀paper฀can฀be฀set.฀Using฀it฀with฀a฀standard฀ ③ Attach฀the฀joint(2฀places)฀to฀optional฀tray฀unit฀and฀screw฀up.
paper฀cassette฀and฀a฀multi-purpose฀tray฀can฀print฀2220฀pieces฀of฀pages฀continuously. ฀฀฀฀฀Remove฀it฀following฀the฀steps฀1-2฀in฀reverse฀order.
LCF฀:฀2000฀pieces฀of฀70kg฀paper฀can฀be฀set.฀Using฀it฀with฀a฀standard฀paper฀cassette฀and฀
a฀multi-purpose฀tray฀can฀print฀2630฀pieces฀of฀pages฀continuously.

Hole in the bottom of the printer

Tab
Joint

Screw

Joint

Note!฀ When฀you฀install฀two฀or฀more฀optional฀trays฀to฀the฀MFP,฀set฀the฀optional฀tray฀
directly฀on฀top฀of฀the฀other฀optional฀tray,฀and฀then฀put฀them฀on฀the฀MFP.

<second/฀third/฀fourth฀tray> <LCF>
Joint

Screw
(1)-1.฀Turn฀the฀MFP฀power฀to฀OFF฀and฀pull฀out฀the฀power฀cord฀from฀the฀outlet.
Joint
Turn฀the฀power฀off฀with฀following฀the฀procedure฀in฀chapter฀3.5.2฀[Turn฀the฀power฀
off.].฀
Hole in the bottom of the printer

Notes!฀ •฀ If฀ you฀ turn฀ off฀ the฀ power฀ without฀ properly฀ shutting฀ down,฀ it฀ may฀ cause฀ Tab
damage฀to฀the฀MFP.฀Please฀operate฀the฀[Shutdown฀Menu]. Joint
Hole in the bottom
฀ •฀ It฀ may฀ cause฀ damage฀ to฀ the฀ MFP,฀ if฀ you฀ install฀ the฀ optional฀ tray฀ with฀
Tab
power฀ON.

Joint

45376001TH Rev.1 59 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(1)-3.฀Connect฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀printer฀cable฀to฀the฀MFP฀and฀turn฀the฀power฀ (1)-5.฀Set฀the฀number฀of฀tray฀by฀the฀printer฀driver.
on.
฀<For฀MC760/MC770/MC780>
Note!฀ If฀ the฀ message฀ [C56B]฀ or฀ [C56C]฀ or฀ ฀ [C56D]฀ is฀ displayed,฀ reinstall฀ the฀
optional฀tray฀unit. The฀printer฀driver฀setup฀for฀recognizing฀the฀option฀tray฀unit฀is฀required.฀
If฀the฀printer฀driver฀is฀not฀set฀up,฀please฀set฀up฀the฀printer฀driver฀completely฀referring฀to฀
the฀user's฀manual฀(Setup)฀irstly,฀and฀then฀inish฀the฀following฀setting฀procedure.
(1)-4.฀Print฀the฀setting฀content฀and฀conirm฀if฀the฀option฀tray฀unit฀is฀installed฀
properly. Note!฀ The฀authority฀of฀the฀computer฀administrator฀is฀required.
฀ Print฀the฀setting฀content฀with฀following฀the฀procedure฀in฀chapter฀3.6.
฀ Conirm฀the฀content฀of฀[tray฀2]฀or฀[tray฀3]฀is฀display฀in฀header฀part. For฀Windows฀PCL/PS/XPS฀printer฀driver
฀ For฀Windows฀Vista,฀click฀on฀[start]฀=>฀
[control฀panel]฀=>฀[printer].
฀฀ For฀Windows฀ XP,฀ click฀ on฀ [start]฀ =>฀
[control฀ panel]฀ =>฀ [printer฀ and฀ other฀
hardware]฀=>฀[printers฀and฀Faxes].
฀฀฀ For฀WindowsServer฀ 2003,฀ click฀ on฀
[start]฀=>฀[printers฀and฀faxes].
฀฀฀ For฀Windows฀2000,฀click฀on฀[start]฀=>฀
[Settings]฀=>฀[printers].
Note!฀ If฀the฀content฀of฀[tray฀2]฀or฀[tray฀3]฀is฀not฀displayed,฀reinstall฀the฀second฀tray฀
unit. Click฀ [OKI฀ MC780*¹(*²)]฀ ฀ icon฀ with฀
right-click฀ button฀ on฀ your฀ mouse฀ and฀
choose฀[Properties].
C h o o s e฀ " U p d a t e฀ N ow "฀ bu t t o n฀ i n฀
" D ev i c e฀ S e t t i n g s "฀ t a b.฀ Fo r฀ U S B฀
(For฀Windows฀XP) connection,฀ input฀ the฀ optional฀ tray฀
number฀in฀”Option"฀manually.
Click฀[OK].

*1:฀Different฀of฀model฀name
*2:฀PCL฀or฀PS฀XPS฀(printer฀driver฀type)

45376001TH Rev.1 60 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

For฀Mac฀OS฀X ฀ Open฀System฀Preferences฀and฀click฀[Print฀&฀Scan].
฀ Select฀[OKI-MC780],฀click฀[Options฀&฀Supplies].
When฀ the฀ optional฀ device฀ has฀ been฀ added฀ into฀ in฀ Mac฀ OS฀ X฀ before฀ installing฀ the฀
printer฀ driver,฀ the฀ device฀ information฀ is฀ gotten฀ automatically.฀ However,฀ if฀ the฀ printer฀ ฀ Click฀[Driver].
is฀ connected฀ by฀ [IP฀ print]฀ and฀ [Bonjour],฀ the฀ device฀ information฀ could฀ not฀ be฀ gotten฀ ฀ Set฀the฀following฀options.
automatically. •฀Model฀Selection฀-฀Choose฀this฀for฀using฀your฀model.
If฀ the฀ printer฀ is฀ connected฀ by฀ [AppleTalk],฀ the฀ device฀ information฀ could฀ also฀ not฀ be฀ •฀Finisher
gotten฀ automatically฀ when฀ the฀ optional฀ device฀ has฀ been฀ added฀ into฀ in฀ Mac฀ OS฀ X฀
฀฀Not฀Installed฀― Select this if a finisher is not installed.
before installing the printer driver.
฀฀Inner฀Finisher฀(1฀Tray)฀―-฀Select฀this฀when฀the฀Inner฀Finisher฀is฀installed.
Please฀inish฀the฀following฀setting฀procedure฀for฀above.

Notes!
•฀ Even฀ if฀ you฀ choose฀ [Not฀ Installed]฀ for฀ the฀ Finisher฀ option฀ during฀ print฀
settings,฀ the฀ inisher฀ options฀ such฀ as฀ stapling฀ can฀ be฀ selected.฀ If฀ you฀
select the finisher options for printing but the finisher is not installed,
inisher฀settings฀will฀be฀ignored฀and฀printing฀will฀be฀performed฀correctly.

•฀Trays
฀฀Tray฀1
฀฀Select฀this฀when฀the฀tray฀1฀is฀installed.
฀฀Tray฀1฀and฀2
฀฀Select฀this฀when฀the฀tray฀1฀and฀2฀are฀installed.
฀฀Tray฀1,฀2฀and฀3
฀฀Select฀this฀when฀the฀tray฀1,฀2฀and฀3฀are฀installed.
฀฀Tray1,฀2,฀3฀and฀4
฀฀Select฀this฀when฀the฀tray฀1,฀2,฀3฀and฀4฀are฀installed.

฀ Click฀[OK].

45376001TH Rev.1 61 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

฀<For฀e-STUDIO287CS/347CS/407CS>
The฀printer฀driver฀setup฀for฀recognizing฀the฀option฀drawer฀unit฀is฀required.฀
If฀the฀printer฀driver฀is฀not฀set฀up,฀please฀set฀up฀the฀printer฀driver฀completely฀referring฀to฀
the฀user's฀manual฀(Setup)฀irstly,฀and฀then฀inish฀the฀following฀setting฀procedure.

Note!฀ The฀authority฀of฀the฀computer฀administrator฀is฀required.

For฀TOSHIBA฀Universal฀Printer฀2/฀Universal฀PS3/฀Universal฀XPS฀printer฀driver
฀ For฀Windows฀Vista,฀click฀on฀[start]฀=>฀
[control฀panel]฀=>฀[printer].
฀฀ For฀Windows฀ XP,฀ click฀ on฀ [start]฀ =>฀
[control฀ panel]฀ =>฀ [printer฀ and฀ other฀
hardware]฀=>฀[printers฀and฀Faxes].
฀฀฀ For฀WindowsServer฀ 2003,฀ click฀ on฀
[start]฀=>฀[printers฀and฀faxes].฀฀฀
Click฀ [TOSHIBA฀ Universal฀ Printer฀
2*1]฀ ฀ icon฀ with฀ right-click฀ button฀ on฀
your฀ mouse฀ and฀ choose฀ [Pr inter฀
properties].
C h o o s e฀ " U p d a t e฀ N ow "฀ bu t t o n฀ i n฀
" D ev i c e฀ S e t t i n g s "฀ t a b.฀ Fo r฀ U S B฀
connection,฀ input฀ the฀ optional฀ tray฀
(For฀Windows฀XP) number฀in฀”Option"฀manually.
Click฀[OK].

*1:฀TOSHIBA฀Universal฀PS3฀or฀TOSHIBA฀
Universal฀XPS(printer฀driver฀type)

45376001TH Rev.1 62 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

For฀Mac฀OS฀X ฀ Open฀System฀Preferences฀and฀click฀[Print฀&฀Scan].
฀ Select฀[TOSHIBA฀e-STUDIO407CS],฀click฀[Options฀&฀Supplies].
When฀ the฀ optional฀ device฀ has฀ been฀ added฀ into฀ in฀ Mac฀ OS฀ X฀ before฀ installing฀ the฀
printer฀ driver,฀ the฀ device฀ information฀ is฀ gotten฀ automatically.฀ However,฀ if฀ the฀ printer฀ ฀ Click฀[Driver].
is฀ connected฀ by฀ [IP฀ print]฀ and฀ [Bonjour],฀ the฀ device฀ information฀ could฀ not฀ be฀ gotten฀ ฀ Set฀the฀following฀options.
automatically. •฀Model฀Selection฀-฀Choose฀this฀for฀using฀your฀model.
If฀ the฀ printer฀ is฀ connected฀ by฀ [AppleTalk],฀ the฀ device฀ information฀ could฀ also฀ not฀ be฀ •฀Finisher
gotten฀ automatically฀ when฀ the฀ optional฀ device฀ has฀ been฀ added฀ into฀ in฀ Mac฀ OS฀ X฀
฀฀Not฀Installed฀― Select this if a finisher is not installed.
before installing the printer driver.
฀฀Inner฀Finisher฀(1฀Tray)฀―-฀Select฀this฀when฀the฀Inner฀Finisher฀is฀installed.
Please฀inish฀the฀following฀setting฀procedure฀for฀above.

Notes!
•฀ Even฀ if฀ you฀ choose฀ [Not฀ Installed]฀ for฀ the฀ Finisher฀ option฀ during฀ print฀
settings,฀ the฀ inisher฀ options฀ such฀ as฀ stapling฀ can฀ be฀ selected.฀ If฀ you฀
select the finisher options for printing but the finisher is not installed,
inisher฀settings฀will฀be฀ignored฀and฀printing฀will฀be฀performed฀correctly.

•฀Drawers
฀฀Drawer฀1
฀฀Select฀this฀when฀the฀drawer฀1฀is฀installed.
฀฀Drawer฀1฀and฀2
฀฀Select฀this฀when฀the฀drawer฀1฀and฀2฀are฀installed.
฀฀Drawer฀1,฀2฀and฀3
฀฀Select฀this฀when฀the฀drawer฀1,฀2฀and฀3฀are฀installed.
฀฀Drawer1,฀2,฀3฀and฀4
฀฀Select฀this฀when฀the฀drawer฀1,฀2,฀3฀and฀4฀are฀installed.

฀ Click฀[OK].

45376001TH Rev.1 63 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.6 Setting content print (Configuration)

To฀conirm฀the฀MFP฀operates฀normally,฀please฀print฀the฀[Coniguration]. (sample)

(1)฀ Set฀A4฀paper฀in฀tray.
(2)฀ Press฀the฀฀USER฀FUNCTIONS฀button฀of฀display.
(3)฀ Press฀the฀฀LIST฀button฀of฀display.
(4)฀ Press฀down฀the฀฀FUNCTION฀button฀of฀display.

Memo฀When฀ printing฀ the฀ network฀ setting฀ information฀ ,enter฀ the฀ administrator฀

menu.

(1)฀ Press฀the฀USER฀FUNCTIONS฀button฀of฀display.
(2)฀ Press฀the฀ADMIN฀tab฀of฀display.
(3)฀ Press฀the฀PASSWORD฀button฀of฀display.
(4)฀ Input฀the฀password.
(5)฀ Press฀the฀LIST/REPORT฀button฀of฀display.
(6)฀ Press฀the฀฀LIST฀button฀of฀display.
(7)฀ Press฀down฀the฀฀NIC฀CONFIGURATION฀PAGE฀button฀of฀display.

45376001TH Rev.1 64 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.7 Connecting method

<USB฀connection> Connect฀the฀computer฀to฀the฀MFP.
Note! Please refer to user’s manual for operation environment. (1)฀ Insert฀the฀USB฀cable฀into฀the฀USB฀interface฀connector฀of฀MFP.
(2)฀ Insert฀the฀USB฀cable฀into฀the฀USB฀interface฀connector฀of฀computer.
Prepare฀for฀USB฀cable
Note!฀ Do฀not฀insert฀the฀USB฀cable฀into฀the฀network฀interface฀connector.
Notes!฀฀•฀ The฀printer฀cable฀is฀not฀included.
฀ It฀may฀cause฀trouble.
฀ ฀฀ Provide฀the฀USB2.0฀cable฀for฀special฀user.
฀ ฀•฀ When฀connecting฀the฀cable฀in฀[Hi-Speed]฀mode฀of฀USB฀2.0,฀please฀use฀
the฀USB฀cable฀with฀Hi-Speed฀spec.
฀ ฀•฀ Select฀ the฀ USB฀ cable฀ of฀ less฀ than฀ 5m.฀ It฀ is฀ recommended฀ to฀ use฀ the฀
USB฀cable฀of฀less฀than฀2m.

Turn฀the฀MFP฀and฀computer฀OFF.
Memo฀Although฀USB฀cable฀can฀plug-and-play฀with฀computer฀and฀MFP฀power฀on,฀
after฀this฀the฀setup฀of฀printer฀driver฀and฀USB฀driver฀may฀be฀required.฀Here฀
the฀MFP฀is฀turned฀off฀to฀plug-and-play฀the฀USB฀cable.

USB฀Interface connector

Memo Please refer to user’s manual for setup of printer driver.

45376001TH Rev.1 65 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

<฀Ethernet฀cable฀connection>
Note! Refer to user’s manual for operation environment.

Prepare for Ethernet cable

Note!฀ The฀Ethernet฀cable฀and฀Hub฀is฀not฀included฀in฀MFP.
Provide the Ethernet cable and Hub for special user.

<Ethernet cabl> <Hub>

Turn฀the฀MFP฀and฀computer฀OFF.
Connect฀the฀computer฀to฀the฀MFP.
(1)฀Insert฀the฀Ethernet฀cable฀into฀the฀network฀interface฀connector฀of฀MFP.
(2)฀Insert฀the฀Ethernet฀cable฀into฀Hub.

Memo Refer to user’s manual for setup of printer driver.

Network interface
connector

45376001TH Rev.1 66 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

<฀Telephone฀line฀cable฀connection> To connect to public telephone line

Connection฀of฀the฀telephone฀line฀cable฀is฀different฀in฀each฀country฀and฀location.฀Connect฀ (To฀connect฀to฀the฀telephone฀of฀the฀MFP)
the฀ MFP฀ to฀ suit฀ to฀ the฀ environment฀ of฀ each฀ installation฀ location฀ using฀ the฀ following฀
Connect the telephone cable that is connected to the public telephone line (analog)
diagram as reference.
to฀the฀[LINE฀connector]฀of฀the฀MFP.
Note!฀ •฀ The฀MFP฀cannot฀be฀connected฀to฀the฀ISDN฀line.฀Terminal฀adapter฀is฀
required฀for฀ISDN฀line฀connection.
฀ •฀ Be฀ sure฀ to฀ use฀ the฀ supplied฀ telephone฀ line฀ cable.฀ Use฀ of฀ any฀ TEL connector

telephone฀line฀cable฀other฀than฀what฀is฀supplied฀causes฀malfunction.
Cordless phone and
1.฀฀ Connect฀the฀MFP฀to฀suit฀to฀the฀environment฀of฀each฀installation฀location. other external telephone machine

To connect to public telephone line

(To฀use฀the฀MFP฀as฀the฀fax฀machine฀(without฀connecting฀telephone฀line฀to฀the฀MFP)
Connect฀the฀telephone฀line฀cable฀to฀[LINE฀connector]฀of฀the฀MFP.
LINE฀connector Telephone line cable Public telephone line
Connect฀the฀cover฀to฀TEL฀connector฀of฀the฀MFP. (analog)

To฀connect฀to฀the฀ADSL฀environment
Connect฀ the฀ telephone฀ cable฀ that฀ is฀ connected฀ to฀ the฀ ADSL฀ modem฀ to฀ the฀ [LINE฀
TEL connector
connector]฀ of฀ the฀ MFP.฀ Connect฀ the฀ external฀ telephone฀ machine฀ to฀ the฀ [TEL฀
connector]฀of฀the฀MFP.

TEL connector

Cordless phone and

Public telephone line other external telephone machine
(analog) Public telephone line
LINE฀connector (analog)

Telephone line cable

Telephone line Splitter
LINE฀connector
cable

ADSL฀modem

45376001TH Rev.1 67 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

To connect to the Optical fiber (IP telephone) To connect to the telephone switch board (PBX), home telephone, or
business phone
Connect฀the฀telephone฀cable฀that฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀Optical฀iber฀(IP฀telephone)฀to฀
the฀[LINE฀connector]฀of฀the฀MFP.฀Connect฀the฀external฀telephone฀machine฀to฀the฀[TEL฀ Connect the telephone cable that is connected to the public telephone line (analog)
connector]฀of฀the฀MFP to฀the฀[LINE฀connector]฀of฀the฀MFP.฀
Note!฀ •฀ When฀ using฀ the฀ Super฀ G3฀ communication,฀ check฀ that฀ the฀ Connect฀the฀telephone฀cable฀that฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀PBX฀and฀other฀control฀system฀฀
communication฀quality฀of฀provider฀is฀guaranteed. to฀the฀[TEL฀connector]฀.

TEL connector TEL connector

Cordless phone and

other external telephone machine

PBX฀and฀
other control
system
Optical฀fiber฀
(IP฀telephone) Public telephone line
(analog)
LINE฀connector Telephone LINE฀connector
line cable LAN
cable Optical฀cable

Telephone line cable

Line terminator
*฀Connect฀the฀telephone฀ (ONU)
To connect to the private phone system
machine.

To connect the MFP to CS tuner or digital TV Connect฀ the฀ telephone฀ cable฀ that฀ is฀ connected฀ to฀ the฀ PBX฀ and฀ other฀ control฀
system฀฀to฀the฀[LINE฀connector]฀.
Connect the telephone cable that is connected to the public telephone line (analog)
Connect฀the฀cover฀to฀TEL฀connector฀of฀the฀MFP.
to฀the฀[LINE฀selector]฀of฀the฀MFP.฀
Connect the telephone cable that is connected to the CS tuner or digital TV to the
[LINE฀connector]฀of฀the฀MFP. TEL connector

Telephone line cable

PBX฀and฀
TEL connector other control
system
Public telephone line
(analog)
CS tuner or
digital TV

LINE฀connector

LINE฀connector Public telephone line

(analog)

Telephone line cable

45376001TH Rev.1 68 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 3. Set up
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

3.8 User used Paper confirmation

Load฀the฀paper฀used฀by฀user,฀set฀the฀media฀type/weight,฀print฀the฀setting฀content/demo,฀
and confirm if the toner is chipped off.

settings of control panel

[Thickness฀of฀
Type Thickness Media฀weight฀ paper]฀settings฀of฀
Media฀type
(Thickness of
(Type฀of฀paper)*1 printer฀driver*
2

paper)
Plain paper*3 55~64kg (64~74g/m2) Light Light

65~77kg (75~90g/m2) Medium฀Light Medium฀Light

78~90kg (91~105g/m2) Medium Medium

91~103kg (106~120g/m2) Heavy Plain paper Heavy

104~162kg (121~188g/m2) Ultra฀heavy1 Ultra฀heavy1

163~189kg (189~220g/m2) Ultra฀heavy2 Ultra฀heavy2

190~215kg (221~250g/m2) Ultra฀heavy3 Ultra฀heavy3

฀Post฀card*4 — — — —

Envelope*4 — — — —

Label paper Less than 0.1~0.17mm Heavy Label paper1

Label paper
0.17~0.2mm Ultra฀heavy1 Label paper2

*1฀:฀ The฀factory฀default฀setting฀of฀media฀type฀of฀the฀MFP฀is฀set฀as฀[plain฀paper].
*2฀:฀ The฀ thickness฀ and฀ type฀ of฀ paper฀ could฀ be฀ set฀ by฀ control฀ panel฀ and฀ printer฀
driver.฀The฀ settings฀ set฀ by฀ printed฀ driver฀ have฀ priority.฀When฀ [Paper฀ feed฀
method]฀ is฀ selected฀ as฀ [Auto฀ select]฀ or฀ [Paper฀ thickness]฀ is฀ set฀ as฀ [print฀
setting]฀in฀the฀printer฀driver,฀the฀print฀operation฀is฀set฀by฀control฀panel.
*3฀:฀ The฀thickness฀of฀the฀paper฀for฀duplex฀printing฀is฀55~189kg฀(64~220g/m2).
*4฀:฀ The฀setting฀of฀media฀weight฀and฀media฀type฀for฀postcard฀and฀envelope฀is฀not฀
required.

Memo฀If฀the฀media฀weight฀is฀set฀as฀[Heavy]฀or฀[Ultra฀Heavy1,฀2,฀3],฀or฀the฀media฀
type฀is฀set฀as฀[label฀paper],฀the฀print฀speed฀would฀be฀reduced.

45376001TH Rev.1 69 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4. Component replacement
In this chapter, the procedures for replacement of part and assembly and unit are described.
The replacement procedure is described by removal of the parts. Please install the new parts with following the
replacement procedure in reverse order.
The parts (such as ① , ② )shown in this manual are different from the parts used in the Disassembly for
Maintenance figure (4537600TL) and RSPL (45376001TR).
4.1 Precautions on component replacement .....................................71
4.2 Method of component replacement .............................................73
4.3 Oiling spots ..................................................................................99

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.1 Precautions on component replacement

(1) Remove the AC cord and the interface cable before replacing the parts. (2) Do not disassemble it if the printer works normally.
(a) Remove the AC cord according to the following procedure. (3) Disassemble it as required. Do not remove the part that is not shown in the
① Switch the power switch of printer off “O”. replacement procedure.
② Disconnect the AC insertion plug of the AC power cord from the AC (4) Please use the specified maintenance tool.
power source. (5) Disassemble it according to the proper procedure. It may cause damage to the
③ Disconnect the earth wire from the earth terminal of the AC power parts if disassemble it without following the proper procedure.
source outlet. (6) As the small parts such as the screws are lost easily, please fix them to the
④ Disconnect the AC cord and the interface cable with the printer. original position temporarily.
(7) Do not use gloves that may cause static electricity easily when handling IC and
Warning Risk of Electric Shock the circuit board such as microprocessor, ROM, and RAM.
(8) Do not put the PCB on the device and the floor directly.
There is a risk of electric shock during replacement of the low voltage power supply.
Use insulating gloves or avoid direct contact with any conducting part of the (9) Do not work for a long time with the printer with the top cover open, and an
power supply, and caution should be exercised during replacement. image drum unit installed in it.
The capacitor may take one minute to complete discharge after the AC cord
is unplugged. Also, there is a possibility that the capacitor doesn’t discharge
because of a breakage of the PCB, etc., so remember the possibility of electric
shock to avoid electric shock.

(b) Reconnect the printer according to the following procedure.

① Connect the AC cord and the interface cable with the printer.
② Connect the earth wire to the earth terminal of the AC power source
outlet.
③ Connect the AC power cord insertion plug to the AC power source
outlet.
④ Switch the power switch of printer on “I”.

Remove

Install

45376001TH Rev.1 71 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

[Maintenance tool] The required tools for using the maintenance utility are shown in Table 4-1-2.

The required tools for replacing the PCB and the unit are shown in Table 4-1-1.
Table 4-1-2 required tools

No. Maintenance tools Amount Purpose Note

Table 4-1-1 Maintenance tools

No. Maintenance tools Amount Purpose Note Notebook Refer to the

No. 2-200 3 - 5mm Please install chapter
1 1 1
Magnetic driver Screw the maintenance 1 5.2 for the
utility. maintenance
2 No. 3-100 Driver 1 utility.

3 No. 5-200 Driver 1

2 USB cable 1

4 Digital multimeter 1
Ethernet cable
3 1
(Cross cable)
5 Combination pliers 1

Handy cleaner (the

Refer to the
6 type corresponds to 1
following note.
the toner)
For E ring
7 E Ring pliers 1
detaching
Refer to "6.1
Removal and
USB memory device
CU/HDD Installation of
8 1
FW Update Boards/HDD"
(Note)
in the Software
Guide.

(Note) Refer to "7.1 FIRMWARE UPDATING" in the Software Guide according to

the conditions for USB memory device
Note! Use the specified cleaner corresponding to the toner. It may cause a fire
when using a general-purpose cleaner.

45376001TH Rev.1 72 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2 Method of component replacement

In this chapter, the replacement of parts and assemblies is described by the disassemble (3) Rotate the lock lever (blue, 2 places) of the belt unit ② in the direction of arrow
figures.
, and hold the lever (blue) to remove the belt unit.

4.2.1 Belt unit

(1) Open the scanner and top cover.
(2) Remove the ID unit ① .

①
②
Lever (blue)

Lock lever (blue)

Lock lever (blue)

Note! Cover the removed image drum cartridge with black paper.

Black paper

45376001TH Rev.1 73 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.2 Fuser unit 4.2.3 Right side cover

(1) Open the scanner and top cover. (1) Open the scanner and top cover.
(2) Push up the fix lever of fuser unit in the direction of arrow, and remove the fuser (2) Loose the two screws (silver, No:42920408) ① and two screws (black,No:42932710) ② .
unit ① . (3) Release 5 claws.
(4) Close the scanner and top cover. And open the feeder unit.
(5) Remove the right side cover ③ .
Fix lever of fuser unit
Fix lever of fuser unit
(blue) Top cover
(blue) Claw
Claw
Top cover

①
Claw

②
③
②

Feeder unit

45376001TH Rev.1 74 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.4 Left side cover 4.2.5 Scanner unit

(1) Open the scanner and top cover. (1) Open the scanner and top cover.
(2) Open the feeder unit. (2) Remove the right side cover.(See section 4.2.3)
(3) Remove the claw ① , and remove the Feeder-Unit without disconnecting the (3) Remove the Cover-Side(R-Top) ① .
cable. (4) Remove the Plate-Shield ② .
(4) Remove the two screws (silver, No:42920408) ② and the screw (black,No:42932710) ③ , (5) Remove the all connector of the scanner.
and remove the left side cover ④ .
(6) Remove the three E type stop rings ③ and remove the scanner ④ .
Top cover

④
①
③

②
③
①

④
Feeder unit

②
Claw
③

45376001TH Rev.1 75 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.6 Faceup tray 4.2.7 Rear cover

(1) Draw out the Duplex unit ① . (1) Open the faceup tray.
(2) Open the faceup tray ② in the direction of arrow, and unlock the left and right (2) Remove the two screws (silver, No:42920406) ① .
pins while bending. Remove the faceup tray ② . (3) As shown in fig 2, insert the flat-blade screwdriver into the hole A to disengage
the claw A (2 place).
(4) Disengage the claw B (2 places) and pull the upper side of the rear cover ② in
the direction of A.
(5) As shown in fig 3, push the lower side of the rear cover ② in the direction of B,
and disengage the claw C (3 places) to remove the rear cover ② .

Hole A

Claw A

Figure (1) Claw B

Claw C
A
Hole A
Figure (2)
Claw A

Claw B

② B

Claw C

Figure (3)

45376001TH Rev.1 76 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.8 LED Assy/ LED Assy spring 4.2.9 CU/PU PCB/Low voltage power supply
(1) Open the scanner and top cover.
(2) After removing the cable, as shown in fig 2, push the LED assy ① tightly in the
Warning Risk of Electric Shock

direction of arrow. Take the hook A out firstly, and then take the hook B out, at There is a risk of electric shock during replacement of the low voltage power
last remove the LED assy. supply.
(At this time, the two springs ② is removed with LED Assy ① .) Use insulating gloves or avoid direct contact with any conducting part of the
power supply, and caution should be exercised during replacement.
The capacitor may take one minute to complete discharge after the AC cord
Top cover is unplugged. Also, there is a possibility that the capacitor doesn’t discharge
because of a breakage of the PCB, etc., so remember the possibility of
electric shock to avoid electric shock.

(1) Open the scanner and top cover.

(2) Remove the right side cover. (See section 4.2.3)

② (3) Remove the eight screws (silver,No:42920406) ① to take the plate-shield ② out.
(4) Remove the four screws (silver,No:42920406) ③ and all cables, and take the the
FAX PCB ④ out.
(5) Remove the eight screws (silver,No:42920406) ⑤ and all cables, and take the
CU PCB ⑥ out.
(6) Remove the two screws (silver,No:42920406) ⑦ and all cables, and take the PU
Hook B PCB ⑧ and Film Board ⑨ out.
(7) Remove the two screws (silver,No:42920406) ⑩ and all cables, and take the
Low voltage power supply ⑪ out.
①
Hook A Note!฀ •To฀ attach฀ the฀ head฀ cable,฀ insert฀ the฀ end฀ of฀ the฀ ilm-FG฀ inside฀ the฀ plate-
side-R, preventing from touching the edge of the plate-side-R.
Hook A ฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀•Low-voltage฀power฀supply฀⑪ and AC Inlet Assy should be replaced together.
(The pair of low-voltage power supply and AC Inlet Assy meets the
Figure (1) safety standards.)
Figure (2)

45376001TH Rev.1 77 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

⑥
⑦×2 ⑤×8
④
③×4
②
⑨ ①×8

⑩×2
⑪
CU PCB PU PCB
7PU 3 FIN DCIDR IDFAN

44973399 3 9 1 1 9 3 1
C118
CP9
HEAD0K 24
3 1

C111
5 1

C110
R239

C121
1 5

R232
1

ENV
HEAD1Y 24

R261
R260
CP10

C104
C105
R231

R224
RM36

R204
1
Board-7PU

R225
1
IC21
HEAD2M 24

R210
OPE

R208
R209

10
RM34 RM35
Q34 D13 IC20
11

1
R19
RM30 RM31 RM32 RM33 1

DEBG
HEAD3C 24

R197
DCID

Q32 D12 RM25

Q30

R182
R238
1

1
1

IC19

IC17
IC18 F9
9
SSNS

R173
R174
F8
D11 RM20

R171
R170
R167
R168
R169

R172
A K AA AP
11

CP8
Z3 RM18
34

R166
RM16 34

Z4
IC16

451674

Z1
Z2
IC15

CP7
R162 R164

20 20

34
RM13
F7

C65 CE1ZA2
1

C63
FSNS

C55
C50 10 10
5

D7
HP_PSZCL

1 1
Q23
1

A CE1 AP
PE_HOP

1
Q22
13
6

34
21
CL1

1
BELTIDUP

A R
9 9
1
2

1
1

1
13 1 A R

6 20
OPTION

1 10

20
1

1 19 1
24
23

9
3

20
1 19 2
2 20

45376001TH Rev.1 78 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.10 Stay-R 4.2.11 Plate-Board-R Assy/Guide-Cable Power Low

(1) Remove the right side cover. (See section 4.2.3) (1) Remove the right side cover. (See section 4.2.3)
(2) Remove the Scanner. (2) Remove the stay-R Assy. (See section 4.2.10)
(3) Remove the soft-absorber ① and cover side(R-Inner) ② . (3) Remove the rear cover. (See section 4.2.7)
(4) Remove the seven screws (silver,No:42920406) ③ and remove the Stay-R ④ . (4) Remove the plate shield and take the CU/PU PCB out. (See section 4.2.9)
Note! When assemble the scanner, assemble the soft-absorber correct position (5) Remove the eight screws (silver, No:42920406) ① ,remove the two screws
and close the scanner.(Frame and soft-absorber break may occur) (black,No:42932706) ② and remove the Plate-Board-R-Assy ③ .
(6) Remove the Guide-Cable Power Low ④ .

③
②
③ ×7

④
① ×8

②
④

45376001TH Rev.1 79 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.12 Top cover Assy

(1) Remove the right side cover. (See section 4.2.3)
(2) Remove the left side cover. (See section 4.2.4)
(3) Remove the rear cover. (See section 4.2.7)
(4) Remove the plate shield and take the CU/PU PCB out. (See section 4.2.9)
(5) Remove the connectors of the stack full sensor cable and ID-FAN cable, remove
the connector and the hanging RFID cable ① . ④
⑤
(6) Remove the two screws (silver,No:42920406) ② and remove Head-cable.
(7) Remove two E type stop rings ③ and two torsion springs ④ , and remove the
top cover Assy ⑤ . HeadCable
Notes!฀ •฀ Perform฀the฀following฀RFID฀circuit฀behavior฀check฀after฀replacement฀of฀ ③ ④
the top cover assy: ②
฀ •฀ By฀executing฀RFID฀COLOR฀for฀the฀switch฀scan฀test฀described฀in฀5.3.1.3,฀
check that the printer can display UID **H for each of cyan, magenta,
yellow and black with nonempty consumable cyan, magenta, yellow and
black toner cartridges installed in it. The printer cannot detect the UID
usage for a color with a starter toner cartridge installed for the color. ③
Note the printer’s starter cartridge for a color cannot be reinstalled in it
once replaced with an empty consumable toner cartridge for the color.

①
②

45376001TH Rev.1 80 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.13 Top cover 4.2.14 Frame Assy Top Front

(1) Remove the top cover Assy. (See section 4.2.12) (1) Remove the right side cover. (See section 4.2.3)
(2) Remove fifteen screws(black, No:42932708) ① , and remove the top cover ② . (2) Remove the plate shield. (See section 4.2.9)
(3) R e m o v e t h e s c r e w ( s i l v e r , N o : 4 2 9 2 0 4 0 6 ) ③ , r e m o v e t h e t w o (3) Remove the connector of Frame Assy Top Front.
screws(silver,No:42920420) ④ and remove the Head Cable ⑤ . (4) Remove the two screws (silver, No:42920406) ① ,disengage the claws(3 places)
on the Frame Assy Top Front ② , and remove the Frame Assy Top Front ② .

② ①×2

Claw

①×15

④
③ ⑤

45376001TH Rev.1 81 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.15 Board MFH

(1) Remove the Frame Assy Top Front. (See section 4.2.14)
(2) Disengage the claws(2 places) on the of Board MFH ① and remove the Board
MFH ① .

45376001TH Rev.1 82 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.16 Hopping motor/ Fuse motor

(1) Open the scanner and top cover.
(2) Remove the plate shield and take the CU/PU PCB out. (See section 4.2.9)
(3) Remove the Plate-Board-R-Assy.(See section 4.2.11)
(4) Remove the two screws ① (silver, No:42920428) and connector, and take the
low voltage FAN ② out.
(5) Disengage the claw D (2 places) and claw E, and remove the motor cover ③ .
(6) Remove the two screws ④ (silver, No:42920406) and connector, and take the
hopping motor ⑤ out.
(7) Remove the four screws ⑥ (silver, No:42920406) and connector, and take the
fuse motor ⑦ out.
(8) Remove the three screws ⑧ (silver, No:42920406) and connector, and take the
ID motor ⑨ out (2 places).

Notes!฀ •฀ Be฀careful฀to฀install฀the฀low฀voltage฀FAN ② in the proper direction.

⑥×4

⑨ ⑨
Claw D

⑧ ×3 ⑧ ×3
⑤
③ Claw E ④×2

Air

②
①×2

45376001TH Rev.1 83 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.17 Guide eject Assy/ Color regist Assy/ Board-IBY

(1) Remove the left side cover, right side cover, rear cover, top cover Assy. (See
section 4.2.4, 4.2.3, 4.2.7, 4.2.12) Claw
(2) Remove the control PCB and low-voltage power supply. (See section 4.2.9) ②
(3) Remove the connector of belt thermistor, remove the two torsion springs ① ,
and disengage four claws (4 places) by minus driver, remove the cover driver ② .
⑤
① ⑩
(4) Remove the screws (silver, No:42920406) ③ and connectors (6 places), Claw
remove the Board-IBY ④ . ③ ⑥ ⑤ ⑦
⑦
(5) Remove the two screws (silver, No:42920406) ⑤ and remove the color regist
Assy ⑥ .
(6) Remove the three screws (silver, No:42920406) ⑦ , remove the cable ⑧ of fuse ⑦
④
I/F connector from clamp, and slide the claw of cable guide ⑨ to disengage,
remove the guide eject Assy ⑩ .
⑧
⑨
④

PUIF

EXIT
DENS FUSER
LCR
RCR

45376001TH Rev.1 84 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.18 FAN(Fuser) / Belt motor/ High-voltage board/ 4.2.19 MPT Assy

Cover open switch
(1) Open the MPT Assy ① .
(1) Remove the left side cover. (See section 4.2.4) (2) Remove the stoppers (2 places) while pushing the arms (2 places) on MPT
(2) Remove the two screw ① (silver, No:42920406) and remove the Stay-Assy-L ② . Assy ① outside, pull the supporters (2 places) in the direction of the arrow and
(3) Remove the screw ③ (silver, No:42920406) and connector, and remove the belt remove them, and remove the MPT Assy ① .
motor ④ .
(4) Remove the connector, and rotate the FAN (Fuser) ⑤ clockwisely to remove.
(5) Remove the connector and disengage the claw A (2 places), and remove the
cover open switch ⑥ .
(6) Remove the 2 screws ⑦ (silver, No:42920406 and black, No:42932708) and
connectors (2 places), and disengage the claw B (7 places). Remove the high-
voltage power supply ⑧ .

Air

⑤
④
③
Claw B
(Black)
⑦
Claw B

①
Claw A
Arm
⑧
⑦ (Silver)
⑥

②
Supporter
High-voltage power supply⑧
(2 places)
Stopper
(2 places)

①×2
CN4
CN2

Cover open switch

FAN(Fuser)
CN3

TR-C TR-M TR-Y TR-K

Belt thermistor
CN1

45376001TH Rev.1 85 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.20 Cover Assy front/ Board-RSF/MPT hopping

roller/ Frame Assy separator/ Feeder Assy regist
(1) Open the top cover.
(2) Remove the plate shield and remove the connector. (See section 4.2.9)
(3) Disengage the claws of stay L and remove the Cover-Assy-front ① .
(4) Remove the E Ring ② and remove the Clutch ③ .
(5) Remove the supporters (2 places), and remove the frame Assy separator ④ and
spring ⑤ .
(6) Remove the four screws(silver, No:42920406) ⑥ and remove the feeder unit ⑦ .
(7) Remove the E Ring ⑧ and remove the Clutch ⑨ .
(8) Disengage the claw, and remove the cover sensor ⑩ .
(9) Remove the connector and remove the Board-RSF ⑪ .

⑩
Claw

⑥×4 ⑨
⑧ ⑦

stay L

⑤ ③②
④ ①

45376001TH Rev.1 86 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.21 Plate-Driver/ Shaft-Liftup/ Hopping cover

(1) Remove the left side cover, right side cover, rear cover, top cover unit, feeder ⑧
Assy regist. (See section 4.2.4, 4.2.3, 4.2.7, 4.2.12, 4.2.20)
(2) Remove the control PCB. (See section 4.2.9) ⑨
(3) Remove the guide cable Power Low, low-voltage power supply. (See section ⑧
4.2.11,4.2.9) ④
(4) Remove the cover driver, Board-IBY, color regist Assy, eject Assy. (See section ⑤
4.2.17) E Ring(RE3-SK)
①
(5) Remove the two screws (silver, No:42920406) ① , and remove the plate driver ② .
ViewB ⑥ ②
(6) Remove the the hopping cover ③ .
(7) Remove the FAN(Fuser). (See section 4.2.18)
⑦
(8) Remove the latches (2 places) and remove the gear ④ , remove the E Ring ①
(RE3-SK), remove the latch and remove the gear ⑤ and shaft ⑥ . ③
(9) Remove the Board ⑦ .
(10) Remove the two screws (silver, No:42920406) ⑧ , and remove the Plate-
Heat ⑨ .

ViewA

Adjust the positions of the notches

(2 places) and install the ④ in position.

View A

Adjust the positions of the notches

(2 places) and install the ④ in position.
View B

45376001TH Rev.1 87 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.22 Plate-Assy-Side R/ Plate-Assy-Side L 4.2.23 Feed roller

(1) Remove the plate driver,shaft-Liftup.(See section 4.2.21) (1) Remove the cassette.
(2) Remove the three screws (silver, No:42920406) ① and remove the Plate-Assy- (2) Remove the latch and remove the feed roller (2 pieces) ① .
Side R ② .
(3) Remove the two screws (silver, No:42920406) ③ and remove the Plate-Assy-
Side L ④ .

③ ①

④ ②
③ ①

① Latch

45376001TH Rev.1 88 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.24 Eject sensor/Micro-SW 4.2.25　Antenna (for wireless model only)

(1) Remove the eject Assy. (See section 4.2.17) (1) Remove the screw (silver, No:42920408) ① .
(2) Disengage the claws (2 places), and disassemble the Assy into guide eject
lower ① and guide eject upper ② .
(3) Remove the lever eject sensor ③ and spring-SNS(F/R) ④ and eject sensor ⑤ .
(4) Remove the micro-SW ⑥ and cable ⑦ .

⑥
⑦
②

①
(2) Remove the FAX PCB.(See section 4.2.9)
(3) Remove the two clamp-cable and core and disconnect the connector.
(4) Remove the Antenna ② .

⑤
①

Clamp

Core
Clamp

③ ④
45376001TH Rev.1 89 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.26　Finisher (for finisher model only)

(1) Open the Scanner and remove the two screws(black, No:42932708) ① .
(2) Remove the cover connector ② by push the tab.
(3) Disconnect the connector and remove the finisher unit ③ .

③
Tab

①×2

45376001TH Rev.1 90 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.27　Stapler (for stapler model only)

(1) Remove the plate shield. (See section 4.2.9).
(2) Remove the two screws (silver, No:42920406) ① and remove the Staple ② .

②
①×2

45376001TH Rev.1 91 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.28　Tray-Assy-Document/Cover-ADF-R (4) Push the portion A. (Concurrent to push the (3) )

(1) Open the Cover-Assy-top-ADF.

②
(2) Remove the Tray-Assy-Document ① by pull it in the direction arrow.
Cover-assy-top-ADF A

(5) Remove the cover-ADF-R ② in the direction of the arrow.

(3) Open the ADF-unit while pushing the portion B, and push the claw of cover-
ADF-R ② . ②

Claw

ViewA
ViewA

45376001TH Rev.1 92 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.29　ADF-unit (4) Remove the ADF-unit ③ by insert the flat-blade screwdriver to gap between
ADF-unit ③ and flatbed-unit with pull the cables out of the Frame-Base(ADF)
(1) Remove the cover-ADF-R. (See 4.2.24) and Hinge.
(2) Detach a connector ① from the ADF board(7RL), and remove the screw (silver,
No:42920406) ② and FG cable.
① ②
FG cable

Frame-Base(ADF)
Flatbed-unit
Screwdriver

(3) Open the ADF-unit ③ while pushing the portion B and remove the clamp cable.

ViewA

ViewA

45376001TH Rev.1 93 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.30　Sheet-document / Paper-weight-Assy / Spring-PW-ADF <Attention of affix the sheet-document>

(1) Degrease the affix area of ADF-unit.
(1) Open the ADF-unit. (2) Remove the peeling-off sheet.
(2) Remove the sheet-document ① . (3) Set the sheet-document ① (see the figure below).
(3) Remove two claws to remove the paper-weight-assy ② and two spring-PW-ADF (4) Close the ADF-unit.
③.
ADF-unit

Claw
③

②
mm
0 .5
Claw 0.5
m m

①
①

45376001TH Rev.1 94 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.31　Hinge-Assy-L / Hinge-Assy-R 4.2.32　ADF-Assy

(1) Remove the three screws (black, No:42932708) ① and remove the hinge- (1) Remove the screw (silver, No:42920406) ① and remove the ADF board(7RL) ② .
Assy-R ② . (2) Remove the four screws (black, No:42932706) ③ and remove the ADF-assy ④ .
(2) Remove the three screws (black, No:42932708) ③ and remove the hinge-
Assy-L ④ . ③
④ ③
③

①
② ②
③
①
④

45376001TH Rev.1 95 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.33　Guide-Retard / Roller / Motor / Clutch / Solenoid/

⑩
Photo-sensor
(1) Pull and remove Guide-Cable-ADF ① . Arrow A
①
⑮ ⑪
(2) Remove the E-type retaining ring ② and remove the clutch ③ . ⑫ ④⑦
(3) Remove the three screws (black, No:42932706) ④ and remove the plate-motor-
⑥
ADF ⑤ . ⑬ ×3 ④
⑱ ⑭ ③② ⑯
(4) Remove the two screws (silver, No:42920406) ⑥ and remove the motor-pulse- Arrow C
Arrow B ⑨
⑲
belt ⑦ from ⑤ . ⑧⑥ ⑤
(5) Remove the E-type retaining ring ⑧ and remove the clutch ⑨ . ⑰
(6) Open the Cover-Assy-Top-ADF ⑩ ,and warp around a post to Arrow A to
Arrow E

⑳
Arrow D
remove Cover-Assy-Top-ADF ⑩ .
③
(7) Disconnect a cable, and warp around post to Arrow B to remove the Guide-
Retard-A ⑪ .
(8) Remove the Guide Separator Hop ⑫ .
(9) Remove the three screws (black, No:42932706) ⑬ and Plate-Drive ⑭ .
(10) Remove the Feed roller ⑮ .
(11) Remove two screws(silver, No:42920406) ⑯ and remove the solenoid ⑰ .
(12) Warp around post to Arrow C to remove Guide-B ⑱ .
(13)Warp around post to Arrow E to remove Guide-Separator ⑲ .
(14)Disconnect all cables and warp around post to Arrow D to remove the Guide-
Assy-C ⑳ and remove  .
(15)Warp around post to Arrow F to remove the Guide-Assy-D  and remove the
photo-sensor  .
(16)Warp around post to Arrow G to remove the Guide-Retard and the Guide-Exit-
Lower  and remove photo-sensor  .

45376001TH Rev.1 96 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.34　Guide-Assy-Retard 4.2.35　Flatbed-Unit
(1) Remove the eight claws and remove the Guide-Retard(sub) ① . (1) Remove the five screws (black, No:42932706) ① and remove the cover-
(2) Remove the Cover-Retard(ADF) ② . Bottom ② .
(2) R e m ove t h e s c r ew ( s i l ve r, N o : 4 2 9 2 0 4 0 6 ) ③ a n d r e m ove t h e p l a t e -
(3) Remove the Frame-Assy Retard ③ and remove the spring Retard ④ .
stopper(OP) ④ .
(4) Remove the Lever-Hopping ⑤ and the spring-Hopping ⑥ .
(3) Remove the two screws (black, No:PB4083-5670P013) ⑤ and remove the
(5) Remove the Photo-coupler ⑦ and remove the cable (conn cord AMP3P- cover-OP ⑥ .
JST4P) ⑧ .
(4) Remove the screw (black, No:42932708) ⑦ and remove the Handle-
scanner(S) ⑧ .

② (5) Rotate the OP-panel-unit ⑨ 90 degrees.

(6) Remove the two screws (silver, No:42920406) ⑩ .
(7) Remove the screw (silver, No:42920406) ⑪ and remove the clamp-cable ⑫ and
Claw remove the OP-panel-unit ⑨ .
Claw ①
Claw
Claw

⑤ ⑥
⑦

Claw ⑧ ⑧
③ ⑥
⑦ ⑤
⑩

④ ⑩

⑪ ⑫

⑨
④
Attention of assembly for direction of plate-stopper(OP)④
(for finisher model) (for without finisher model) ③
②

① ①

45376001TH Rev.1 97 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.2.36　Frame-assy-FB
(1) Remove the five screws (silver, No:42920406) ① and remove the five screws
(black, No:42932706) ② .
(2) And remove the plate-shield-SU ③ .
(3) Remove the all SU-board cables.
(4) Remove the five screws (silver, No:42920406) ④ and remove the SU-board ⑤ .
(5) Remove the screw (black, No:42932706) ⑥ .
⑯
(6) Pull core ⑦ (GFPC-31-12 (1051015C0004)) out of FFC cable. ⑰ ⑮ ⑫ ⑭
⑯
(7) Remove the FFC cable (20706FWR1.-24-520) ⑧ .
⑪
(8) Remove the four screws (black, No:42932710) ⑨ and Film-FG(SCN-PR) ⑩ .
⑨ ×4
(9) Remove the cover-hinge (L) ⑪ and the Plate-Hinge-L(Caulking) ⑫ . ⑬ ×7
⑤
⑦
(10) Remove the seven screws (black, No:PB4083-5670P013) ⑬ and remove the
cam-hinge ⑭ .
④ ×5
(11) Remove the screw (black, No:42932706) ⑮ and the two screws (black,
No:PB4083-5670P013) ⑯ . ③ ⑥
(12) Remove the cover-assy-LF ⑰ .

② ⑩ ⑧
①
②
②
①
① ②
<Attention of assembly for FFC>

Film-FG(CU-SU)

Valley fold
Text side in the back

Back side

OK NG

Check the four portion

after assembled portion of tie wrap

45376001TH Rev.1 98 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4.3 Oiling spots

This chapter shows the oiling spots. Do not oil the other spots that are not shown here.
It is not necessary to inject the machine-oil during disassembling. However, please add
the specified oil when you wipe the oil off.

Oiling operation

(1) Oil type and name

EM-30LP: MOLYKOTE
EM-D110:MOLYKOTE
HP-300: MOLYKOTE
PM: Pan motor oil 10W-40 or ZOA 10W-30

(2) Grease limit sample

Class S A B C D E F

Amount of grease
0.0005 0.003 0.005 0.01 0.03 0.05 0.1
(cc)

W(mm) 1.24 2.25 2.67 3.37 4.86 5.76 7.26

Sample

45376001TH Rev.1 99 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

44259301PA Gear Assy.-HP -1 44259102PA Plate-Assy.-Side R

EM-30L Class C
Apply a normal amount of
Holder-Gear-A MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to the
whole circle of hatched areas.

EM-30L Class C
Apply a normal amount
of MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP)
to the whole circle of
hatched areas.

Bracket-Inner(Caulking)

45376001TH Rev.1 100 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

-2 44259102PA Plate-Assy.-Side R -3 44259101PA Plate-Assy.-Side R

EM-30L Class C Grease prohibition at the posts
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE
Grease prohibition (EM-30LP) to the end surface.
Grease prohibition at the gears
Gear-LiftUp-Z121Z34

Spacer-Coupling Gear-Idle-Exit (Z37)

Grease prohibition at the gears

Gear-Idle-Heat_Z14-Z32
Gear-Idle-DrumZ24-102
EM-30L Class C
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to the end surface.

Gear-Planet-Assy
EM-30L Class C EM-30L Class F
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE Apply a large amount of MOLYKOTE EM-30L Class F
(EM-30LP) to the whole circle of hatched areas. (EM-30LP) to the gear teeth 120deg or more.
Apply a large amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30LP) to the whole circle of gear teeth.

Motor-DC-FU

Stopper-GearID

EM-30L Class C
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to the end surface. Gear-Idle-Z44

45376001TH Rev.1 101 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

-4 44259101PA Plate-Assy.-Side R -5 44259101PA Plate-Assy.-Side R

EM-30LP Class C
EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to the hatched area.
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE
EM-30LP Class C (EM-30LP) to bearing portion.
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30LP) to gear teeth tops.
EM-30LP Class A
EM-30LP Class C
Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30LP) to the hatched areas. Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30LP) to gear teeth of hatched area.

Gear-LiftUpLinkR-Z56
Gear-LiftUpR-Z32
Gear-Liftup-Z121Z34

(5)

Link-LiftUp-R
Gear-Idle
EM-30LP Class A LiftUp-Z28
Apply a small amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to the Plate Side R (Caulking)
hatched areas. Gear-LiftUp-
Z83Z25
Motor-Pulse-LiftUp
EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP)
to the whole circle of gear teeth.

Gear-LiftUpR-Z32

EM-30L Class B
Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30LP) to the hatched area.

45376001TH Rev.1 102 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

43074904PA Plate-Assy.-Side-L 42071401PA Holder Assy.-Regist-L

EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE EM-30LP Class A
(EM-30LP) to the gear tooth tops. Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP)
to the hatched areas.
Gear-LiftUp-Z56

Post-GearIdle-L
Link-LiftUp-L
Holder-Regist-L

(5)

Gear-LiftUp-Z32

EM-30LP Class A
Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to the hatched areas.

EM-30LP Class C
EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to the hatched areas. Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30LP) to the hatched areas
(bearing portion).

Gear-LiftUp-Z32

EM-30LP Class B
Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP)
to the hatched areas.

45376001TH Rev.1 103 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

44261901PA Feeder Assy.-Regist 44286901PA Fuser-Assy

EM30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to the hatching HP-300 Class C
areas (Shaft). Apply a normal amount of HP-300 to the hatching areas.

Roller-Pressure

Roller-Regist-U Cam-Release
5mm

13mm

Lever-Release

EM30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE
Gearse prohibition at (EM-30LP) to the hatching areas
the this position (thrust section).

Plate-Side-R-Caulking (Fuser)

Gear-Fuser-(Z37)

Grease prohibition
at the post.
EM30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to the Gear-Idle-(Z21)
hatching areas (Shaft).

Roller-Regist-L

Grease prohibition to the Gears.

10mm

EM30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30LP) to the hatching areas (thrust
Gearse section).
prohibition at
the this position

Roller-Pressure
5mm

45376001TH Rev.1 104 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

45269001PA Guide-Assy. -Eject-U -1 44257901PA Printer Unit-FX757

EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP)
to the tips of terminal.

Plate-Assy.-Side-L

Plate-Contact-TR

3
Shaft-Assy.-Eject(FD)

Application range
of grease

EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30LP) to the whole circle of gear teeth.

EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of
EM-30LP Class C MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to the post.
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to Plate-Driver-PU (Caulking)
the end surface.

Gear-Idle-Belt-Z20Z93

Gear-Idle-Exit-Z36

EM-30L Class C
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to surface of
the post (bearing portion)

45376001TH Rev.1 105 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

-2 44257901PA Printer Unit-FX757 44342001PA Belt-Assy

EM-30LP Class C EM-30LP Class A
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE
the hatched areas. (EM-30LP) to the inside of Bearing-TR (Belt). EM-30LP Class C
(Both sides, total 8 places)
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to beaing
portion (Both side).
Bearing -TR(Belt)

Roller -Transfer

EM-30LP Class A
Apply a small amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to
bearing end.

Spring-TR

Spring-Torsion-L Plate-Assy.Side R
Cover-Assy.-Top

Spring-Torsion-R

EM-30LP Class A
Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE
Panmotoroil Class C (EM-30LP) to sliding surface of
Apply a normal amount of Panmotoroil to the portion of the slot of solid Gear-Drive-Z36 and Bearing-GSB.
coiling of this torsion-spring using a brush. (2 places) (At both sides) EM-30LP Class C
Apply a normal amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to
bearing portion (Both side).

Gear-Drive-Z36
Bearing-GSB

45376001TH Rev.1 106 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

43917501PA Sensor Assy. -Color Regist 43081301PA Roller-Assy. -Idle(FD)

Plate-Sensor-C.Regist

EM-30LP Class A
Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE (EM30-LP) Exploded View
to the hatched areas (Both side, 8 places).

Method of amount grease

The surface of Cover-Sensor-C.Regist
should not be stained with MOLYKOTE. Gear Assy.-Shutter
EM-30LP Class S
Before assemble to , apply a minimum amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to the sliding portions of and
(the hatched areas).

Not allowed to stain the

area with grease.

Cover-Sensor-C.Regist

45376001TH Rev.1 107 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

43301601PA Roller-Assy. -BIAS(FU)C -1 43894903PA Cassette-Assy-FX757

Plate-Receive

EM-30LP Class B
Shaft-Liftup
Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30LP) to sliding portions of sheet metal
Method of amount grease and shaft (the hatched area).
Plate-Receive

EM-30LP Class S
After assemble to , apply a minimum amount of
MOLYKOTE (EM-30LP) to the sliding portions of and
(the hatched areas).

Not allowed to stain the

area with grease. Shaft-Liftup

45376001TH Rev.1 108 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 4. Component replacement
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

-2 43894903PA Cassette-Assy-FX757 ⑭ 4537xxxxYA Scanner-Hinge

EM-30LP Class B
Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30LP) to the hatched area.(2 palces)
EM-D110 Class C
Apply a normal amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-D110) to the hatched area.

20

EM-30LP Class B
Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30LP) to the hatched area.
20 (Inner surface 4 portions)
Plate-Receive

EM-30LP Class B
Apply a small amount of MOLYKOTE
(EM-30LP) to the hatched area.(Inner surface)

45376001TH Rev.1 109 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5. Maintenance Menu
Adjustment of this printer can be performed from the Maintenance Utilities by entering the corresponding menu
from the keyboard of the operator panel.
This printer contains the maintenance menu in addition to the normal operation menus. Select an appropriate
menu in accordance with the objective of adjustment.

5.1 System maintenance menu (for maintenance engineer) ..........111

5.2 Maintenance menu functions .....................................................112
5.3 Setups upon completion of part replacement ............................135
5.4 Density control manual setting ..................................................137

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.1 Maintenance Utility

The adjustments described in table 5-1 should be made by using Maintenance Utility. Section in Operation from
The following details the utility: Maintenance operator panel
Option Adjustment Utility (section in this
Operating maintenance
Manual manual)
(1) Maintenance Utility Operating Manuals:
42678817FU02 Rev 4 or higher(English) 3 Factory/ Switches between the Factory and 2.4.1.1.2.4 5.2.1.10
Shipping Shipping modes.
(2) Maintenance Utility program: mode Purpose: To configure a maintenance
replacement PU board onto which the
Applicable operating system File name Part number CU/PU board information cannot be
copied with the board replacement
Windows 2000/XP/Vista/7 MuWin.zip 42678817FW01 Rev.
function (e.g. due to an interface error).
(English) 1.41.0.1700 or higher The maintenance board is put to the
Factory mode usually by default and,
by using this function, must be set to
Table 5-1: Adjustment options in Maintenance Utility the Shipping mode.
Section in Operation from 4 Board Checks serial number information and 2.4.1.1.5 Unavailable
Maintenance operator panel option setup the Factory/Shipping mode.
Option Adjustment Utility (section in this information
Operating maintenance
Manual manual) 5 Send to file Send the specify file. 2.4.1.2.1 Unavailable
1 Board Copies information in the EEPROM in 2.4.1.1.1 Unavailable
replacement the PU block, and the settings in the
EEPROM in the CU block.
Purpose: To copy the above data onto
a CU/PU board with which to replace Note: Do not operate or set options added with ‘Never use this option,’ or a
the CU/PU board for a maintenance malfunction is potentially caused.
purpose.
2 Serial Rewrites the serial number recorded in 2.4.1.1.2.3 Unavailable
number the PU block and selects and rewrites
setting the printer serial number recorded in
the CU block and rewrites the output
mode recorded in it.
Purpose: To configure a maintenance
replacement PU/CU board onto which
the CU/PU board information cannot
be copied with the board replacement
function (e.g. due to an interface error).

45376001TH Rev.1 111 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.2 Maintenance menu functions

5.2.1 Self-diagnostic mode (1) How to select the menu items

LEVEL0 Menu items can be selected by pressing of [4] or [ ＊ ], or by
XXXX pressing of [2] or [8].
This section describes the self-diagnostic LEVEL 0 and LEVEL 1 respectively.
XXXX Menu items can be selected by pressing either [2] or [8] key.
5.2.1.1 Operation panel Pressing of [4] returns the screen to the menu item selection
screen.
The following description on operating the self-diagnostic is premised on the operation
panel layout as shown below.
Press [4]
Engine status display
Heater temperature
Environment Press [ ＊ ]
temperature/humidity
Setup table
Transfer voltage Error details
Transfer OFF voltage, Error code display and others
(1) How to select the menu items belt temperature
Self-diagnostic mode Side thermistor
layout (overall) XXXXX Menu items can be selected directly.
Menu items can be selected by pressing either [2] or [2] [2] [2]
XXXXX Respective Toner RFID internal noise Monitor controls
[8] key.
voltages sensor monitor evaluation function
display during [8] Toner sensor [8] Noise detection [8] Regist motor
POWER ON print status count display, constant speed
Transfer (TR) monitor Toner K error timer value,
Without pressing Press [6] + [8]until the Maintenance mode is voltage (1) *1 display Environment
Noise detection
Transfer (TR) count display, temperature
any key displayed. Then, select PU by pressing [2]. voltage (2) *1
Toner Y error Fuser motor
Charge (CH)
Noise detection constant speed
voltage
count display, timer value, Fuse
Normal operation mode Supply (SB)
Toner M error target temperature
voltage
Noise detection ID motor constant
LEVEL 0- LEVEL1-ENGINE DIAG MODE XX.XX Develop (DB)
voltage count display, speed timer value
Engine status display SWITCH SCAN
Environment Toner C error BELT motor
Engine status display MOTOR & CLUTCH TEST
Press [6] key level constant speed
(Heater temperature) TEST PRINT
After elapsed timer value
(Environment temperature/ REG ADJUST TEST
humidity display) time correction
DENS ADJ TEST
Respective voltages (TR, Before elapsed
CONSUMABLE STATUS
time correction
CH, DB, SB) display during PRINTER STATUS
print Press [6] key Elapsed time
FACTORY MODE SET correction
Toner sensor SENSOR SETTING value Vtr3 *1
RFID internal noise monitor LED HEAD DATA
Error details *1: Pressing [#] switches the colors.
NVRAM PARAMETER

45376001TH Rev.1 112 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(1) How to select the menu items

LEVEL1 XXXXX Menu items can be selected by pressing either [2] or [8] key, and executed by pressing [6].

XXXXX Menu items can be entered by pressing of [6] or [4], and can be selected by pressing of [2] or [8].
The test can be executed by pressing [6], and can be exited by pressing [4].

[8] [8]
ENGINE DIAG LEVEL1
[2] [2 ]

[2] [2] [2] [2] [2] [8] [8] [8] [8] [8]
SWITCH MOTOR & TEST REG ADJUST DENS ADJ CONSUMABLE PRINTER STATUS FACTORY SENSOR LED HEAD NVRAM
SCAN CLUTCH PRINT TEST TEST STATUS K-IMPRESSIONS MODE SET SETTING DATA PARAMETER
PAPER ROUTE [8] TEST [8] PRINT [8] REG ADJ [8] DENS ADJ [8] K-ID UNIT [2] Y-IMPRESSIONS [2] FACTORY MODE [2] TONER [2] K CLEAR
: PU ID MOTOR EXECUTE EXECUTE EXECUTE Y-ID UNIT M-IMPRESSIONS *5 SENSOR Y [2]
TONER SENS BELT MOTOR TEST REG ADJ RESULT DENS ADJ PAR- M-ID UNIT C-IMPRESSIONS FUSE INTACT BELT UNIT M
CVO FUSER MOTOR PATTERN *2 SET C-ID UNIT TOTAL SHEETS CNT *6 CHECK C
UP_LU_FU REGIST TEST BLT REFLECT TEST DENS ADJ FUSER UNIT ID UNIT
ST_FD_FU MOTOR CASSETTE BLT REFLECT RSLT RESULT *3 CHECK
TR BELT UNIT
JOBOFF *1 AUTO UP/DOWN
T1 HOPPING K-TONER (FULL) (LED HEAD)
REG L/ MOTOR PAGE CALIBRATION SENSOR
Y-TONER (FULL) serial number
R_OHP_WG FRONT MOTOR COLOR REG
(Density test result display item) M-TONER (FULL) display
HT DUPLEX*1 ADJUST
REGIST Items of *3 C-TONER (FULL) (FACTORY MODE SET setting items) Items of *5
THERMISTER ERROR
SHUTTER M-WASTE TNR CNT n 01 23 45 6789
HUM_TEMP EXIT DENS ADJ RESULT FACTORY MODE DRUM OVER
C-WASTE TNR CNT 1234567890123
_DEN LEV0 V/D OUT YMC FACTORY MODE Factory working mode LIFE
SOLENOID
K-STC MODE CNT WR POINT n: K, Y, M, C
BELT_LVPS DUPLEX LEV0 V/D OUT K SHIPPING MODE Releasing the Factory working
Y-STC MODE CNT REV
ID UP/DOWN MOTOR *1: TRAY2,TRAY3,TRAY4,and DUPLEX LEV0 V/D OUT RD mode
M-STC MODE CNT BOTTOM
RFID COLOR DUPLEX are displayed when they are installed. LEV0 V/D OUT YMC
C-STC MODE CNT WRT POINT
T1 CLUTCH LEV0 V/D OUT K
PE_PNE_CVO K OVER RIDE CNT
T2 HOPPING LEV0 V/D OUT YMC
Y OVER RIDE CNT (FUSE INTACT setting items) Items of *6
T1 HOP_LIFT MOTOR LEV0 V/D OUT K
T1 CASETTE M OVER RIDE CNT FUSE INTACT
T2 FEED (Color registration correction test result 6POINT READ YMC
SIZE CLUTCH C OVER RIDE CNT
display item) Items of *2 6POINT READ K BELT UNIT INTACT: Not yet cut/BLOWN: Already cut
T2 PE_PNE_ T3 HOPPING FUSE UNIT INTACT: Not yet cut/BLOWN: Already cut
H_DUTY DENS-K
CVO_CA MOTOR REG ADJ RSLT
H_DUTY DENS-Y K-ID UNIT INTACT: Not yet cut/BLOWN: Already cut
T2 T3 FEED SNS CARIBRAT (L) FINE ADJ Y [Y-L]
H_DUTY DENS-M Y-ID UNIT INTACT: Not yet cut/BLOWN: Already cut
HOP_LF_FED CLUTCH SNS CARIBRAT (R) FINE ADJ Y [Y-L]
H_DUTY DENS-C M-ID UNIT INTACT: Not yet cut/BLOWN: Already cut
T2 CASETTE T4 HOPPING D-RANGE (L) Y,M,C FINE ADJ Y [Y-R]
L_DUTY DENS-K C-ID UNIT INTACT: Not yet cut/BLOWN: Already cut
SIZE MOTOR D-RANGE (R) Y,M,C FINE ADJ Y [Y-R]
T3 L_DUTY DENS-Y
T4 FEED CRSE ADJ Y L,R,X FINE ADJ Y [X-L]
PE_PNE_CVO CLUTCH L_DUTY DENS-M
CRSE ADJ M L,R,X FINE ADJ Y [X-R]
T3 ID UP/DOWN L_DUTY DENS-C
CRSE ADJ C L,R,X FINE ADJ M [Y-L]
HOP_LF_FED LV FAN TEST FINAL DENS-K
FINE ADJ Y L,R,X FINE ADJ M [Y-L]
T3 CASSETTE FUSER FAN FINAL DENS-Y
FINE ADJ M L,R,X FINE ADJ M [Y-R]
SIZE TEST FINAL DENS-M
FINE ADJ C L,R,X FINE ADJ M [Y-R]
T4 DUPLEX FAN FINAL DENS-C
REG ADJ Y L,R,X FINE ADJ M [X-L]
PE_PNE_CVO TEST DB DENS VALUE
REG ADJ M L,R,X FINE ADJ M [X-R] DELTA-C 07=#***
T4 ID FAN TEST DELTA-K 01=#***
REG ADJ C L,R,X FINE ADJ C [Y-L] DENS-K
HOP_LF_FED DELTA-K 04=#***
Note: CRSE ADJ Y [Y-L] FINE ADJ C [Y-L] DENS-Y
T4 CASSETTE DELTA-K 07=#***
SIZE If [ ＊ ] is pressed CRSE ADJ Y [Y-R] FINE ADJ C [Y-R] DENS-M
DELTA-Y 01=#***
DUP IN_FNT when selecting a CRSE ADJ Y [X] FINE ADJ C [Y-R] DENS-C
DELTA-Y 04=#***
DUP SK_CVO motor, the motor CRSE ADJ M [Y-L] FINE ADJ C [X-L] BEFORE STD=***H
DELTA-Y 07=#***
OFSTP E-G keeps running. CRSE ADJ M [Y-R] FINE ADJ C [X-R] AFTER STD=***H
DELTA-M 01=#***
CRSE ADJ M [X]
Note: DELTA-M 04=#***
CRSE ADJ C [Y-L]
For details, refer to DELTA-M 07=#***
CRSE ADJ C [Y-R]
the "Switch Scan test" DELTA-C 01=#***
CRSE ADJ C [X]
sheet. DELTA-C 04=#***

45376001TH Rev.1 113 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.2.1.2 Ordinary self-diagnostic mode (level 1) 5.2.1.2.1 How to enter the self-diagnostic mode (level 1)
Menu items of the ordinary self-diagnostic mode are shown below.
1. While pressing the [6] and [8] keys, simultaneously, turn on the power to enter
Maintenance
Item Self-diagnostic menu Adjustment contents utilities the Maintenance mode.
1 Switch scan test SWITCH SCAN Entry sensor check and No.18 Maintenance mode
switch check

2 Motor clutch test MOTOR&CLTCH Motor and clutch operation No.19 Select Number(1-2)
TEST test 1.SU
2.PU
3 Test print TEST PRINT PU built-in test pattern print Operation
execution from the 2. Select the PU by press the [2] key, display "DIAGNOSTIC MODE".
maintenance
utilities cannot
be made. DIAGNOSTICMODE

4 Color registration REG ADJUST TEST Color registration mechanism No.20 XX.XX.XX FACTORY/SHIPPING
correction test check

5 Density correction DENS ADJ TEST Density correction mechanism No.21

test check 3. XXX.XX.XX of the message "DIAGNOSTIC MODE XX.XX.XX" that is displayed
on the LCD display area indicates the PU firmware version number. The
6 Consumable item CONSUMABLE Consumable items No.23
counter display STATUS consumption status display FACTORY WORKING MODE setup value is displayed in the right of the lower
row. S-MODE of "SHIPPING" is displayed normally.
7 Consumable item PRINTER STATUS Consumable items No.23
accumulative accumulative consumption 4. Press the [2] key or [8] key to advance to the desired step of each self-diagnostic
counter display status display
menu. (The menu items rotate when either the [2] key or [8] key is pressed.)
8 Factory/Shipping FACTORY MODE Switching between the No.3, No.24
mode selection SET Factory mode and the
Shipping mode 5.2.1.2.2 How to exit the self-diagnostic mode
9 FUSE status Respective FUSEs status No.24
check display 1. Turn off the power once and back on 10 seconds later.

10 Engine parameter SENSOR SETTING Valid/Invalid setups of error No.25

setting detection by various sensors

11 LED Head serial LED HEAD DATA Display of LED head serial Use of this
number display number menu item is
prohibited

12 NVRAM parameter NVRAM Do not use this item Use of this

setting PARAMETER menu item is
prohibited

45376001TH Rev.1 114 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.2.1.3 Switch scan test

This self-diagnostic menu is used to check the entry sensor and the switch.
1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode (level 1) and press the [2], [8] key until "SWITCH
SCAN" is displayed in the upper row of the display area. (Pressing the [2] key
increments the test item and pressing the [8] key decrements the test item.)
RFID COLOR C
Press [6] when displayed "SWITCH SCAN"
RFID COLOR M TONER SNS C
TONER SNS M STACKER FULL SNS
RFID COLOR Y HT FRAME THERM
SWITCH SCAN TONER SNS Y
COVER OPEN SW FU TRAY OPEN SW
HUM/TEMP SNS
FUS THERM Upper center, side
RFID COLOR K
TONER SNS K Exit SNS
2. Press either the [2] or [8] key until the desired menu item corresponding to WRITE SNS
the unit to be tested in Table 5-2 is displayed in the lower row of the display IN SNS 2
DUP IN SNS
area. (Pressing the [2] key increments the test item and pressing the [8] key
DUP Cover SNS
decrements the test item.) IN SNS 1
FUS THERM LOW
3. Pressing the [6] key star ts the test. Name and present status of the DUP FRONT SNS ID Up/Down SNS
corresponding unit are displayed. T1 SIZE SW DUP BOTTOM SNS
T1 END SNS BELT THERM
PAPER ROTE:PU REG L SNS
REG R SNS
T2 IN SNS
T2 HOP SNS DEN SNS
1=H 2=L 3=H 4=L T2 SIZE SW
T2 END SNS
Activate the respective units. (Figure 5-1) Status of the respective units are T3 IN SNS
displayed on the corresponding areas of the LCD display. (Display changes T3 HOP SNS

depending on each sensor. Refer to Table 5-2 for details.) T3 SIZE SW

T3 END SNS

T4 IN SNS
4. Press the [#] key to return to the status of step 2. T4 HOP SNS
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 as required. T4 SIZE SW
T4 END SNS
6. Press the [4] key to exit the test. (Returns to the status of step 1.)

Figure 5-1 Switch and sensor location diagram

45376001TH Rev.1 115 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Table 5-2 SWITCH SCAN details

<Item having no function> Asterisk mark (*)
is displayed in the lower row of display area.
* 1: “L” is displayed when the cover is opened.
1 2 3 4
Display area, upper row Display area, Display area, Display area, Display area,
Details lower row Details lower row Details lower row Details lower row
H: No paper H: No paper H: No paper H: No paper
PAPER ROUTE : PU Entrance sensor 1 Entrance sensor 2 Write sensor Exit sensor
L: Paper exists L: Paper exists L: Paper exists L: Paper exists
H: Light is interrupted H: Light is interrupted H: Light is interrupted H: Light is interrupted
TONER SENS Toner sensor K Toner sensor Y Toner sensor M Toner sensor C
L: Reflected L: Reflected L: Reflected L: Reflected
H: Close
CVO UP_LU_FU Cover open switch
L: Open
H: No paper
ST_FD_FU JOBOFF Stacker down sensor
L: Paper exists
AD value: AD value:
REG L/R_OHP_WG Color registration sensor L Color registration sensor R
***H ***H
Fuser thermistor, upper AD value: Fuser thermistor, lower AD value: Fuser thermistor, upper AD value: AD value:
HT THERMISTER sensor sensor sensor, side
Heater frame thermistor
***H ***H ***H ***H
AD value: AD value: AD value: AD value:
HUM_TEMP_DEN Humidity sensor Temperature sensor Density sensor (k) Density sensor (YMC)
***H ***H ***H ***H
AD value: AD value:
BELT_LVPS Belt thermistor Power thermistor
***H ***H
H: Down
ID UP/DOWN ID UpDown Sns
L: Up
UID: UID: UID: UID:
RFID COLOR*1 RFID antenna K RFID antenna Y RFID antenna M RFID antenna C
***H ***H ***H ***H
H: No paper
T1 PE_PNE_CVO Tray 1 paper end sensor
L: Paper exists
H: No paper
T1 HOP_LIFT Tray 1 Hopping Sns
L: Paper exists
T1 CASETTE SIZE*1 Size setting switch 1 Port level H, L Size setting switch 2 Port level H, L Size setting switch 3 Port level H, L Size setting switch 4 Port level H, L
H: No paper
T2 PE_PNE_CVO_CA Tray 2 paper end sensor
L: Paper exists
H: No paper H: No paper
T2 HOP_LF_FED 2nd-Hopping Sns Tray 2 entrance sensor
L: Paper exists L: Paper exists
T2 CASETTE SIZE*1 Size setting switch 1 Port level H, L Size setting switch 2 Port level H, L Size setting switch 3 Port level H, L Size setting switch 4 Port level H, L
H: No paper
T3 PE_PNE_CVO Tray 3 paper end sensor
L: Paper exists
H: No paper H: No paper
T3 HOP_LF_FED 3rd-Hopping Sns Tray 3 entrance sensor
L: Paper exists L: Paper exists
T3 CASETTE SIZE Size setting switch 1 Port level H, L Size setting switch 2 Port level H, L Size setting switch 3 Port level H, L Size setting switch 4 Port level H, L
H: No paper
T4 PE_PNE_CVO Tray 4 paper end sensor
L: Paper exists
H: No paper H: No paper
T4 HOP_LF_FED 4th-Hopping Sns Tray 4 entrance sensor
L: Paper exists L: Paper exists
T4 CASETTE SIZE Size setting switch 1 Port level H, L Size setting switch 2 Port level H, L Size setting switch 3 Port level H, L Size setting switch 4 Port level H, L
Duplex (2-sided printing) H: No paper Duplex (2-sided printing) H: Paper exists
DUP IN_RA_FNT entrance sensor front sensor
L: Paper exists L: No paper
Duplex (2-sided printing) H: No paper Duplex (2-sided printing) H: Close
DUP SK_CVO bottom sensor cover sensor
L: Paper exists L: Open
H: No installed H: Normal
OFSTP E-G Stapler install signal Stapler error signal
L: Installed L: Abnormal

45376001TH Rev.1 116 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.2.1.4 Motor clutch test

This self-diagnostic menu is used to test the motor and clutch.
1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode (level 1) and press the [2], [8] key until
"MOTOR&CLUTCH TEST" is displayed in the upper row of the display area.
(Pressing the [2] key increments the test item and pressing the [8] key ID motor
decrements the test item.)
Press the [6] key when "MOTOR&CLUTCH TEST" is displayed. Rear cooling fan
Color (registration) shutter
2. Press either the [2] or [8] key until the desired menu item corresponding to MPT clutch

the unit to be tested in Table 5-3 is displayed in the lower row of the display Tray-1 registration clutch

area. (Pressing the [2] key increments the test item and pressing the [8]key
decrements the test item.)
Tray-1 hopping motor
MOTOR & CLUTCH TEST (registration motor, front motor)
Duplex clutch
Tray-1 hopping clutch
Duplex solenoid
ID MOTOR Front cooling fan
Duplex motor
Fuser motor
Belt motor
3. Pressing the [6] key starts the test. The unit name starts flashing and the Tray-2 registration
ID UP/DOWN motor

corresponding unit is activated for 10 seconds. (Refer to Figure 5-2.) clutch

Tray-2 hopping clutch
Tray-2 hopping motor
Note! After the corresponding unit has activated for 10 seconds, it returns to the status of
Tray-3 registration
step2, and is re-activated when the corresponding switch is pressed. clutch
Tray-3 hopping clutch
฀ •฀The clutch solenoid repeats turning on and off during the normal print Tray-3 hopping motor

drive. (If a clutch solenoid cannot be activated independently, the Tray-4 registration
clutch
motor is driven at the same time.) * "ID UP/DOWN" keeps activated Tray-4 hopping clutch
until the [#] key is pressed. Tray-4 hopping motor
•฀If [ ＊ ] is pressed when selecting a motor, the motor keeps
running.

4. When the [#] key is pressed, the corresponding unit stops activating. (Display of
the corresponding unit keeps displayed.) Figure 5-2
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 as required.
6. Pressing the [4] key terminates the test. (Returns to the status of step 1.)

45376001TH Rev.1 117 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Table 5-3
Unit name display Drive restriction condition Remarks
ID MOTOR To be driven when all of the ID (K/Y/M/C) are −
removed.
BELT MOTOR To be driven when all of the ID (K/Y/M/C) are −
removed.
FUSER_RLS − −
REGIST MOTOR − −
T1 HOPPING MOTOR − −
FRONT MOTOR − −
REGIST SHUTTER − −
EXIT SOLENOID − −
DUPLEX MOTOR − −
DUPLEX CLUTCH − −
T2 HOPPING MOTOR − OPTION
T2 FEED CLUTCH − OPTION
T3 HOPPING MOTOR − OPTION
T3 FEED CLUTCH − OPTION
T4 HOPPING MOTOR − OPTION
T4 FEED CLUTCH − OPTION
ID UP/DOWN TOP/FRONT cover closed status −
LV FAN TEST − −
FUSER FAN TEST − −
DUPLEX FAN TEST − OPTION
ID FAN TEST − −

Note! Display while ID Up/Down execution is in progress

MOTOR & CLUTCH TEST
ID UP/DOWN ***
*** Number of times of execution

Display when the REGIST SHUTTER [ ＊ ] key is pressed

MOTOR & CLUTCH TEST
SHT ***
*** Number of times of execution

45376001TH Rev.1 118 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.2.1.5 Test print Display Setting value Function

This self-diagnostic menu is used to print the test pattern that is built inside PU. Other test PRINT EXECUTE – Pressing the [6] key starts print/Pressing the [#] key
patterns are stored in the controller. terminates print. (In units of page)

This test print cannot be used to check the print quality. TEST PATTERN 0 0: White paper print

Diagnosis for the abnormal print image should be performed in accordance with section 7. 1~26: Refer to next page. (Pattern print)

TEST CASSETTE TRAY1 Selecting source of paper supply.

If the TRAY 2 is not installed, TRAY2 is not
1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode (level 1) and keep pressing the [2] , [8]key until "TEST TRAY2 displayed.
PRINT" is displayed in the upper row of the display area. Then, press the [6] key. (Pressing TRAY3 If the TRAY 3 is not installed, TRAY3 is not
the [2] key increments the test item and pressing the [8] key decrements the test item.) displayed.
TRAY4 If the TRAY 4 is not installed, TRAY4 is not
2. The setting items that can be applied to the test print only is displayed in the lower row
MFP displayed.
of display area. Keep pressing the [2], [8] key until the desired menu item is displayed.
(Pressing the [2] key increments the test item and pressing the [8] key decrements the PAGE 0000 Setting number of the test print copies
test item.) (If all setting items need no entry [Default setting], go to step 5.)
COLOR ON Selecting either color/monochrome print
3. Keep pressing the [2], [8] key, and press the [6] key at the menu item set by step 2. * When ON is specified, ON/OFF setting for each
Then, the setting item is displayed in the upper row of display area, and the setting value OFF color becomes available.
is displayed in the lower row of display area.
DUPLEX 2 PAGES STACK Duplex (2-sided) print is performed by the stack of
Pressing the [2] key increments the setting value. Pressing the [2]key two sheets of paper.
OFF Selecting OFF for duplex (2-sided) print.
decrements the setting value. (The setting value that is displayed at last is
1PAGES STACK Duplex (1-sided) print is performed by the stack of
applied.) Pressing the [4] key determines the entry value, and returns to step 2.
one sheet of paper.
Repeat step 3 as required.
•฀฀฀฀฀฀฀฀is฀the฀initial฀default฀value.฀The฀menu฀item฀that฀is฀set฀here฀is฀valid฀in฀this฀menu฀
TEST PATTERN item only. (The setting item is not saved in EEPROM.)

1 Note! PAGE setting

Pressing the [2] key or the [8] key shifts the digit. Pressing the [ ＊ ] key
increments the setting value. Pressing the [2] key increments the setting
value. If print is executed while the number of print copies remains in
"0000", printing will continue infinitely.
COLOR setting
When the [6] key is pressed while ON is set, the following contents are
displayed on the panel.
Print setting for each color
Pressing the [2] key or the [8] key shifts the setting. Pressing the [ ＊ ] key
or the [#], the ON/OFF switchover will be set. Pressing the [4] key returns
the panel display.

COLOR Y:ON M:ON

ON C:ON K:ON

45376001TH Rev.1 119 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4. While the message "PRINT EXECUTE" that is set by the operation specified in
step 2 is being displayed, press the [6] key and the test print is executed with
the setting value that has been set by steps 2 and 3.
Pressing the [#] key stops the test print.
If any alarm that is shown in the following details column is issued at startup of
test print or while test print is in progress, the test print is interrupted. (For error
details, refer to section 5.2.2.14 Panel display details. However, the comment to
be displayed is different in the case of the PU test print.)
Panel display Details

STACKER FULL Stacker full

PAPER END No paper

SELECTED TRAY Pattern 3 Pattern 4
DUPLEX UNIT IS DUPLEX is not installed
NOT INSTALLED

SELECTED TRAY IS Selected tray is not installed.

NOT INSTALLED

REMOVE PAPER DUPLEX internal error

OUT OF DUPLEX

INSTALL CASSETTE TRAY Cassette removal

OPEN

Print pattern (It cannot be used for checking PQ.) Pattern 5 Pattern 6

0....... White paper print

Note! If the solid print (pattern 7) among
the local print function is selected
and printed with the setting of
100% each color, offset occurs. To
prevent print from this trouble, the
print setting of each color should
be made in accordance with
the instruction specified in step
5.3.2.5-3 when performing the sold
print, and number of print colors
should be two colors or less.

Pattern 7
Pattern 1 Pattern 2

45376001TH Rev.1 120 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Pattern 8 Pattern 9 Pattern 14 Pattern 15

Pattern 10 Pattern 11 Pattern 16 Pattern 17

Pattern 12 Pattern 13 Pattern 18 Pattern 19

45376001TH Rev.1 121 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Pattern 20 Pattern 21 Pattern 26

Pattern 22 Pattern 23

Pattern 24 Pattern 25

45376001TH Rev.1 122 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

•฀ During฀printing,฀the฀following฀messages฀are฀displayed.฀ •฀ Displays฀are฀switched฀by฀pressing฀the฀ [2] key.

P=*** ETMP=***UTMP=***

W=*** REG=****EXT=***

P : Number of test print copies (unit: copies) ETMP : Hopping motor constant speed correction parameter
W : Print waiting time (unit: second) (environment temperature) [unit: DEC]
UTMP : Fuser motor constant speed correction parameter
•฀ Displays฀are฀switched฀by฀pressing฀the฀ [2] key. (fuse target temperature) [unit: DEC]
REG : Hopping motor constant speed timer value (I/O setting value)
T=*** U=***[###]
[unit: HEX)
H=***%L=***[###] EXT : Fuse motor constant speed timer value (I/O setting value) [unit: HEX]

U : *** = Upper heater temperature measurement value [unit: ] •฀ Displays฀are฀switched฀by฀pressing฀the฀ [2] key.
[***] = Print execution target temperature [unit: ]
ID=****
L : *** = Lower heater temperature measurement value [unit: ]
[###] = Lower thermistor read-out AD value [unit: HEX]
T : Environment temperature measurement value [unit: ]
H : Environment humidity measurement value [unit: % ] KID, YID, MID and CID are the constant speed timer value of the respective ID
motors (I/O setting value) [unit: HEX]
•฀ Displays฀are฀switched฀by฀pressing฀the฀ [2] key.

KTR=*.** YTR=*.** •฀ Displays฀are฀switched฀by฀pressing฀the฀ [2] key.

MTR=*.** CTR=*.** BELT=****

YTR, MTR, CTR and KTR indicate the transfer voltage setting value for each FRM [***] ( xxx )
color (unit: KV)
BELT : Hopping motor constant speed timer value (I/O setting value) [unit: HEX]
•฀ Displays฀are฀switched฀by฀pressing฀the฀ [2] key. FRM : [***] = Frame thermistor read-out AD value [unit: HEX]
(XXX) = Frame temperature [unit: ]
KR=*.** YR=*.**
•฀ Displays฀are฀switched฀by฀pressing฀the฀ [2] key.
MR=*.** CR=*.**
DB:k**y**m**c**
KR : BLACK transfer roller resistance value [unit: uA]
YR : YELLOW transfer roller resistance value [unit: uA]
MR : MAGENTA transfer roller resistance value [unit: uA]
CR : CYAN transfer roller resistance value [unit: uA] DB : Develop voltage setting table ID number [unit: HEX]

45376001TH Rev.1 123 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

•฀Displays are switched by pressing the [2] key.

TR1:k**y**m**c**

TR2:k**y**m**c**

TRl : Transfer voltage parameter VTR1 table ID number [unit: HEX]

TR2 : Transfer voltage parameter VTR2 table ID number [unit: HEX]

•฀Displays are switched by pressing the [2] key.

TROFF:**

BELT xxx(***)

TROFF : Transfer OFF voltage setting table ID number [unit: HEX]

BELT : XXX = Belt thermistor read-out AD value [unit: HEX]
*** Belt temperature [unit: ]

5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 as required.

6. Pressing the CANCEL key terminates the test. (Returns to the status of step 1.)

45376001TH Rev.1 124 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.2.1.6 Color registration correction test When the [#] key is pressed while test is in progress (while the [DATA] lamp is
lighting), the screen returns to the state of step 2.
This self-diagnostic menu item is used for the color registration error adjustment and to
<<During execution of REG ADJ RESULT>>
investigate cause of the error of a printer.
If the color registration error is recognized by the color registration correction test, correct The same as the key operations of step 2. During execution of REG ADJ
it by following section 2 "Color registration correction method overview". EXECUTE.
<<During execution of BLT REFLECT TEST>>
1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode (level 1) and keep pressing the [2] or [8] key until
The color registration correction test is executed.
the following message is displayed.
(The [DATA] lamp flashes.)
REG ADJUST TEST When the test is complete, the test result (OK or error name) is displayed in the
upper row of the display area, and ****RESULT is displayed in the lower row of
the display area
2. When the [6] key is pressed, the following message is displayed. Keep pressing
the [2] or [8] key until the target item is displayed. OK
REG ADJUST TEST BLT REFLECT RSLT
REG ADJ EXECUTE
When the [2] key is pressed, the test results are displayed by incrementing them.
3. When the [6] key is pressed, test of the item that is displayed on the panel is When the [8] key is pressed, the test results are displayed by decrementing
executed. them.
<<During execution of REG ADJ EXECUTE>> Pressing the [4] key returns the screen to the state of step 2.
The color registration correction test is executed. (The [DATA] lamp flashes.)
When the test is complete, the test result (OK or error name) is displayed in the When the [#] key is pressed while test is in progress (while the [DATA] lamp is
upper row of the display area, and ****RESULT is displayed in the lower row of
lighting), the screen returns to the state of step 2.
the display area
<<During execution of BLT REFLECT RSLT>>
OK
The same as the key operations of step . During execution of BLT REFLECT
REG ADJ RESULT TEST.
Remarks The following message is displayed during initialization, when the
When the [2] key is pressed, the test results are displayed by incrementing them. cover is opened and during alarm.
When the [8] key is pressed, the test results are displayed by decrementing
them. NG
Pressing the [4] key returns the screen to the state of step 2.
REG REFLECT RSLT
Remarks The following message is displayed during initialization, when the
cover is opened and during alarm.

NG

REG ADJ RESULT

45376001TH Rev.1 125 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 as required. 5.2.1.7 Density correction test

5. Pressing the [4] terminates the test. (Returns to the status of step 1.)
This self-diagnostic menu item is used to test the density correction function of a printer,
Color registration correction test items and to refer to result of the test execution.
Display Details At the same time, GOOD/BAD of the density correction function is judged by executing
REG ADJ EXECUTE Executing the color registration correction this test.
If an error is issued, correct it by following section 2 "Density correction method overview".
REG ADJ RESULT Referring to result of the color registration correction

BLT REFLECT TEST Executing judgment of GOOD/BAD of reflectance 1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode (level 1) and keep pressing the [2] or [8] key until
rate of color registration correction belt the following message is displayed.
BLT REFLECT RSLT Referring to result of the judgment of GOOD/BAD of
reflectance rate of color registration correction belt. DENS ADJ TEST

2. When the [6] key is pressed, the following message is displayed. Keep pressing
the [2] or [8] key until the target item is displayed.

DENS ADJ TEST

DENS ADJ EXECUTE

3. When the [6] key is pressed, test of the item that is displayed on the panel is
executed.
<<During execution of REG ADJ EXECUTE>>
The density correction test is executed. (The [DATA] lamp flashes.)
When the test is complete, the test result (OK or error name) is displayed in the
upper row of the display area, and ****RESULT is displayed in the lower row of
the display area

OK

DENS ADJ RESULT

[When the [2] key is pressed, the test results are displayed by incrementing them.
When the [8] key is pressed, the test results are displayed by decrementing
them.
Pressing the [4] key returns the screen to the state of step 2.

45376001TH Rev.1 126 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

When the [#] key is pressed while test is in progress (while the [DATA] lamp is 5. Pressing the [4] key terminates the test. (Returns to the status of step 1.)
lighting), the screen returns to the state of step 2. Density correction test items
<<During execution of DENS ADJ RESULT>>
Display Details
The same as the key operations of step 2. During execution of DENS ADJ
DENS ADJ EXECUTE Executing the density correction
EXECUTE.
<<During execution of DENS ADJ PAR - SET>> DENS ADJ PAR-SET Setting the control values with respect to the
automatic density correction
Setup of the density correction parameter is displayed.
DENS ADJ RESULT Referring to result of the density correction
<<During execution of AUTO CALIBRATION>>
AUTO CALIBRATION Automatic setting of the density sensor sensitivity
The automatic setting of the density sensor sensitivity correction value is correction value
executed. (The [DATA] lamp flashes.)
When the test is complete, the test result (OK or error name) is displayed in the
upper row of the display area, and ****RESULT is displayed in the lower row of
the display area

OK

DENS ADJ RESULT

When the [2] key is pressed, the test results are displayed by incrementing them.
When the [8] key is pressed, the test results are displayed by decrementing
them.
Pressing the [4] key returns the screen to the state of step 2.

When the [#] key is pressed while test is in progress (while the [DATA] lamp is
lighting), the screen returns to the state of step 2.

Remarks The following message is displayed during initialization, when the cover
is opened and during alarm.

NG

DENS ADJ RESULT

4. Repeat step 3 as required.

45376001TH Rev.1 127 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.2.1.8 Consumable item counter display Display area, Display area,

Format Unit Details
upper row lower row
This self-diagnostic menu is used to display the consumption status of the consumable
items. K-STC MODE ********TIMES DEC Times Number of print dot counts of the
CNT toner of the respective colors are
1. Enter the ordinary self-diagnostic mode and press the [2] , [8] key until displayed.
Y-STC MODE ********TIMES DEC Times
"CONSUMABLE STATUS" is displayed in the display area. (Pressing the [2] (Accumulative value since start of
CNT
the system operation.)
key increments the test item and pressing the [8] key decrements the test item.)
M-STC MODE ********TIMES DEC Times
Press the [6] key when "CONSUMABLE STATUS" is displayed in the display
CNT
area.
C-STC MODE ********TIMES DEC Times
2. When the [2] , [8] key is pressed, consumption statuses of the consumable items CNT
are displayed in order. (Pressing the [ ＊ ] or [#] key is invalid.)
K OVER RIDE ********TIMES DEC Times Number of times of continues
3. Pressing the [4] key terminates the test. (Returns to the status of step 1.) CNT of the toner cartridge of the
respective colors are displayed.
Y OVER RIDE ********TIMES DEC Times
Display area, Display area, CNT
Format Unit Details
upper row lower row
M OVER RIDE ********TIMES DEC Times
K-ID UNIT ********IMAGES DEC Images Number of rotations from the time CNT
when the ID UNITs of respective
Y-ID UNIT ********IMAGES DEC Images colors are installed up to the C OVER RIDE ********TIMES DEC Times
present time is displayed after CNT
M-ID UNIT ********IMAGES DEC Images converting them to the units of A4
3Page/Job.
C-ID UNIT ********IMAGES DEC Images

FUSER UNIT ********PRINTS DEC Prints Number of copies from the time of
installation of a new fuser unit up
to the present time is displayed.

TR BELT UNIT ********IMAGES DEC Images Number of copies from the time of
installation of a new belt unit up to
the present time is displayed.

K-TONER ********% DEC % Amount of consumption of the

(FULL) respective toners is displayed.

Y-TONER ********% DEC %

(FULL)

M-TONER ********% DEC %

(FULL)

C-TONER ********% DEC %

(FULL)

M-WASTE TNR ********TIMES DEC Times Amount of waste toner is

CNT displayed.
* When the times reaches 32 times
C-WASTE TNR ********TIMES DEC Times
or more, the waste toner full is
CNT
issued.

45376001TH Rev.1 128 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.2.1.9 Number of print copies counter display 5.2.1.10 Switching between the Factory mode and the Shipping mode
This self-diagnostic menu is used to display status of the number of copies of a printer. This self-diagnostic menu item is used to switch between the Factory mode and the
1. Enter the ordinary self-diagnostic mode and press the [2] key, [8] key until Shipping mode.
"PRINTER STATUS" is displayed in the display area. (Pressing the [2]key
1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode (level 1) and keep pressing the [2] or [8] key until
increments the test item and pressing the [8] key decrements the test item.)
the following message is displayed.
2. When the [2], [8] key is pressed, statuses of the number of print copies are
displayed in order.(Pressing the [ ＊ ] or [#] key is invalid.) FACTORY MODE SET
3. Pressing the [4] key terminates the test. (Returns to the status of step 1.)

Display area, Display area, 2. When the [6] key is pressed, the following message is displayed. Keep pressing
Format Unit Details
upper row lower row
the [2] or [8] key until the target item (refer to the following table) is displayed.
K- ********PRINTS DEC Prints Number of print copies of the
IMPRESSIONS respective colors are displayed. FACTORY MODE
Y- ********PRINTS DEC Prints
IMPRESSIONS SHIPPING MODE *
M- ********PRINTS DEC Prints
IMPRESSIONS 3. While the desired item to set is being displayed, press the [6] key that enables
selection of the setting values.
C- ********PRINTS DEC Prints
IMPRESSIONS 4. While the desired setting value is being displayed, press the [6] key that
registers the displayed value in EEPROM. (Returns to the status of step 2.)
TOTAL SHEET ********PRINTS DEC Prints Total number of print copies are
CNT displayed. 5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 as required.
6. Pressing the [4] key terminates the test. (Returns to the status of step 1.)

Display Setting value Function

FACTORY FACTORY MODE Sets the Factory working mode (fuse cut invalid
MODE mode).

SHIPPING MODE Releases the Factory working mode to make the fuse
cut function valid.

FUSE INTACT BELT UNIT ****** Checks the fuse status of the transport belt unit.

FUSE UNIT ****** Checks the fuse status of the fuser unit.
Note:
******* indicates K-ID UNIT ****** Checks the fuse status of the K-1D unit.
INTACT or BLOWN.
Y-ID UNIT ****** Checks the fuse status of the Y-1D unit.

M-ID UNIT ****** Checks the fuse status of the M-1D unit.

C-ID UNIT ****** Checks the fuse status of the C-1D unit.

45376001TH Rev.1 129 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.2.1.11 Self-diagnostic function setting Display Setting value Operation at the Function
setting value
This self-diagnostic menu is used to set valid/invalid of the error detection by the various
ID UNIT ENABLE Checks Valid/Invalid of ID installation check
sensors. CHECK operation
The error detection can be made invalid or valid for locating source of abnormality. DISABLE Not to check
However, this menu item requires expert knowledge to set among the engine operations. REG ADJUST ENABLE Stops Valid/Invalid of error stop by the
Handle this menu item with utmost care. ERROR color registration detection value
DISABLE Not to stop
Be sure to return the setting to the default setting upon completion of usage of this item.
DRUM OVER STOP Not to continue Setting of valid/invalid of continuance
1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode (level 1) and keep pressing the [2] or [8] key until LIFE when drum comes to end of its life
the following message is displayed. CONTINUANCE To continue

WR POINT 00H~FFH Correction value The correction value is added to the

SENSOR SETTING REV existing write-down position.
TBL=**H±
*.***mm

BOTTOM 00H~FFH Cut value Amount of cut at the rear end of a

WRT POINT paper is set.
2. When the [6] key is pressed, the following message is displayed. Keep pressing TBL=**H±
the [2] or [8] key until the target item (refer to the table below) is displayed. *.***mm

TONER SENSOR Hatched portion: Default is shown

ENABLE *

3. When the [6] key is pressed, the following message is displayed.

Pressing the [2] key increments the setting value.
Pressing the [8] key decrements the setting value.
4. While the desired setting value is being displayed, press the [6] key that
registers the displayed value in EEPROM. (Returns to the status of step 2.)
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 as required.
6. Pressing the [4] key terminates (except the status of step 4) the setting. (Returns
to the status of step 1.)

Display Setting value Operation at the Function

setting value

TONER ENABLE Detects Valid/Invalid of toner sensor

SENSOR operation
DISABLE Not to detect

BELT UNIT ENABLE Checks Valid/Invalid of belt installation check

CHECK operation
DISABLE Not to check

45376001TH Rev.1 130 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.2.1.12 LED head serial number display 5.2.2 Various prints with the printer as a standalone unit
This self-diagnostic menu item is used to check whether the downloaded LED head data
matches the serial number of the actual LED head. Menu map print
Information of the program version number and that of the control block configuration are
1. Enter the self-diagnostic mode (level 1) and press the [2], [8] key until "LED printed out.
HEAD DATA" is displayed in the upper row of the display area. (Pressing the [2] Operation:
key increments the test item and pressing the [8] key decrements the test item.)
While the system is in the [Ready To Print] state, press the [6] key once to
Press the [6] key when "LED HEAD DATA" is displayed in the display area.
display [Print Information].
2. When the [2] key or the [8] key is pressed, serial numbers of the K/Y/M/C LED
Press the [6] key to display [Configuration/Execute].
head data are displayed in order.
Press the [6] key.
3. Pressing the [4] key terminates the test. (Returns to the status of step 1.)
Network information print
K ** ** ** ****
Operation:
xxxxxxxxxxxxx While the system is in the [Ready To Print] state, press the [6] key once to
** ** ** ****: Rev number display [Print Information].

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx: serial number Press the [6] key.

Press the [2] key several times to display [Network/Execute].
5.2.1.13 NVRAM parameter setting Press the [6] key.

Do not use this menu item.

Demo print
Prints the demo patterns of the various destinations that are saved in the ROM.
Operation:
While the system is in the [Ready To Print] state, press the [6] key once to
display [Print Information].
Press the [6] key.

Press the [2] key several times to display [Demo Page/Execute].

Press the [6] key.

45376001TH Rev.1 131 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.2.3 Functions of keys at power on

Functions of the respective keys when the printer power is turned on are displayed below.
Each of the following keys becomes valid if the key is kept pressed until "RAM Check" is
displayed in the upper row of LCD and the several asterisk (*) marks are displayed in the
lower row.

(1) [2] key & [8] key & [6] key

The printer starts up in the CU program upgrade mode. If the printer starts up in
this mode, the network does not function.
(2) [4] key & [ ＊ ] key & [#] key
The object that is added by the download mode is not started but the CU
program is started up.
(3) [2] key & [8] key & [HELP] key
The system maintenance menu is started up.
(4) [4] key & [8] key & [6] key
The printer starts up in the mode that sets the printer in the on-line mode all the
time by ignoring the warning/error. (Factory assistance function)
(5) [ ＊ ] key
The printer starts up in the dedicated mode in which the objects such as
network or USB is going to be downloaded.
(6) [6] key
The Boot Menu is started up.

45376001TH Rev.1 132 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.2.4 How to enter the Scanner Maintenance Menu

(1) Press the [6] key & [8] key when the MFP power is turned on.
(2) Press the [1] key when the "Select Number" is displayed.

Maintenance mode
Select Number(1-2)
1.SU
2.PU

Basic key assignmenet in the Scanner Maintenance Menu

↑ move [2] key
← move [4] key
→ move [6] key
↓ move [8] key
cancel [#] key
confirm [*] key
←[4]key ←:[4]key ←:[4]key ←:[4]key ←:[4]key
Scanner Maint Adjust Scan Pos FBS Side Reg.
→:[6]key →:[6]key →:[6]key →:[6]key * →(to change):[6]key
*
↓:[8]key ↑:[2]key ↓:[8]key ↑:[2]key ＊1
←:[4]key ←:[4]key
Front Edge +** +**
→:[6]key →:[6]key →(to change):[6]key
＊2
←:[4]key ←:[4]key
ADF(Front-Side) Side Reg.
→:[6]key →:[6]key * →(to change):[6]key *
↓:[8]key ↑:[2]key ↓:[8]key ↑:[2]key ＊1
←:[4]key ←:[4]key
Front Edge +** →(to change):[6]key +**
→:[6]key →:[6]key
＊2
←:[4]key ←:[4]key
Back Edge +** +**
→:[6]key →:[6]key →(to change):[6]key
＊2
←:[4]key ←:[4]key
ADF(Back-Side) Front Edge +** +**
→:[6]key →:[6]key →(to change):[6]key
↓:[8]key ↑:[2]key ↓:[8]key ↑:[2]key ＊2
←:[4]key ←:[4]key
Back Edge +** +**
→:[6]key →:[6]key →(to change):[6]key
＊2

←:[4]key
ADF Scan Position +** +**
→:[6]key →(to change):[6]key
＊2
＊1 decrement:[2]key,increment:[8]key,cancel:[#]key,confirm:[*]key
＊2 ←digit move:[4]key,→digit move:[6]key,decrement:[2]key,increment:[8]key,cancel:[#]key,confirm:[*]key

45376001TH Rev.1 133 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(3) Display "Scanner Maint" as the Scanner Maintenace Menu show below.

Default Default Default

Value
Item1 Item2 Item3 Item4 value value value Notes
(Step)
ODA OEL JP
Scanner Adjust Scan FBS Side Reg. +42 ~ 0 0 0 0 Adjust the scanning start position of main scanning direction when book scanning.
Maint Pos
Front Edge +30 ~ -30 0 0 0 During book scanning, add a value for the basic value (= 5 mm) when reading the
shadow of the front edge of the document.
Adjust in intervals of one step = 4/600 dpi (=0.17 mm).
ADF Side Reg. +42 ~ 0 +21 +21 +21 Adjust the scanning start position of main scanning direction when ADF scanning.
(Front-side)
Front Edge +30 ~ -40 0 0 0 When reading a document from the ADF, add a value for the basic value when reading
the shadow of the front edge of the document. To skip the front edge of the document,
add a negative value.
Increase or decrease the number of motor pulses from detection by the sensor of the
front edge of the media until actual reading starts.
Adjust in intervals of one step = 4/600 dpi (= 0.17 mm).
Back Edge +30 ~ -40 0 0 0 When reading a document from the ADF, add a value for the basic value when skipping
the back edge of the document. To read the shadow of the back edge of the document,
add a negative value.
Increase or decrease the number of motor pulses from detection by the sensor of the
back edge of the media until actual reading ends.
Adjust in intervals of one step = 4/600 dpi (= 0.17 mm).
ADF Front Edge +30 ~ -40 0 0 0 When reading a document from the ADF, add a value for the basic value when reading
(Back-side) the shadow of the front edge of the document. To skip the front edge of the document,
add a negative value.
Increase or decrease the number of motor pulses from detection by the sensor of the
front edge of the media until actual reading starts.
Adjust in intervals of one step = 4/600 dpi (= 0.17 mm).
Back Edge +30 ~ -40 0 0 0 When reading a document from the ADF, add a value for the basic value when skipping
the back edge of the document. To read the shadow of the back edge of the document,
add a negative value.
Increase or decrease the number of motor pulses from detection by the sensor of the
back edge of the media until actual reading ends.
Adjust in intervals of one step = 4/600 dpi (= 0.17 mm).
Adjust ADF +30 ~ -30 0 0 0 Set the CIS reading position of the ADF for the focusing standard.
Scan Pos Adjust in intervals of one step = 4/600 dpi (= 0.17 mm). This is correlated to adjustment
of the ADF front edge position.

45376001TH Rev.1 134 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.3 Setups upon completion of part replacement

The adjustments that are required upon completion of part replacement are described 5.3.1 Precautions when replacing the PU board
below.
Replacement parts Adjustment contents 1. W h e n a c c e s s t o t h e E E P RO M o f t h e b o a r d t o r e m ove i s p o s s i bl e.
LED head See note. Not required (When the SERVICE CALL 104 [Engine EEPROM Error] is not displayed:)
Drum cartridges (Y, M, C, K) Not required (1) Obtain the EEPROM information from the board to remove, by using the
board replacement function (Maintenance Utilities Operation Manual section
Fuser unit Not required
2.4.1.1.9 Board replacement function) of the Maintenance Utilities, and save
Belt unit Not required in the hard disk of PC temporarily.
PU board 5.3.1 Copying the EEPROM information and (2) Copy the EEPROM information that has been saved in the hard disk of PC
utilities are required. by step (1), into the EEPROM of the new replacement board by using the
SU board Not required Board replacement function (Maintenance Utilities Operation Manual section
CU board Refer to "6.1 Removal and Installation of PC 2.4.1.1.9 Board replacement function) of the Maintenance Utilities.
Boards/HDD" in the Software Guide. Note! When obtaining and copying the EEPROM information by using the
HDD
Maintenance Utilities, set the printer into the "Forced ONLINE mode"
SRAM

Note! Refer to the Software Guide for the removal and installation procedures of
the CU board, HDD, and SRAM board <for CU board>.

45376001TH Rev.1 135 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

2. When access to the EEPROM of the board to remove is impossible. section 2.4.1.1.10.4)
If the SERVICE CALL 104 [Engine EEPROM Error] is displayed on the operator When the board is replace with the new board, the new board has been set
panel with the board to remove, or is EEPROM data cannot be read-out, perform in the Factory working mode. Therefore, it should be switched to the Shipping
the following procedure by using the Maintenance Utilities. mode.
•฀ Switch฀the฀mode฀by฀using฀the฀Maintenance฀Utilities฀section฀“2.4.1.1.10฀Board฀
(1) Setting the serial number information (Maintenance Utilities Operation
setting function” – section “2.4.1.1.10.4 Factory/Shipping mode” screen.
Manual section 2.4.1.1.10.3)
The SAP serial number is applied to printer. The SAP serial number is
displayed in the top-most row of the serial number label. Its number indicates Note! Note that replacing the PU board with a new one without copying
the production place with 2 digits, manufacture date with 2 digits, serial information onto the new one from the board’s EEPROM clears information
number (sequential number) with 6 digits and revision number with 2 digits about the lives of units of the printer, including the belt, toner and image
totaling 12 digits number. drums, causing errors in managing these lives on the printer until the units
are replaced. The counts cleared with such PU board replacement are as
•฀ Select฀PU฀Serial฀Number฀for฀the฀printer฀serial฀number,฀and฀Show฀Only฀Serial฀ shown in the list below and chapter 2 Counter Specifications. When the
Number for the output mode. units are replaced with new ones, their respective counts except for Total
•฀ The฀PU฀serial฀number฀is฀the฀10฀digits฀number฀excluding฀the฀revision฀number฀of฀2฀ Sheets Fed are cleared, the errors being corrected.
digits among the 12 digits SAP serial number.
•฀ Perform฀the฀above฀setting฀by฀using฀the฀Maintenance฀Utilities฀section฀“2.4.1.1.10฀
Board setting function” – section “2.4.1.1.10.3 Serial number information setting”. Item Contents Count contents
•฀ To฀specify฀the฀PU฀serial฀number,฀enter฀the฀11฀digits฀number฀after฀adding฀“0”฀(Zero฀ Fuser unit Fuser unit life count Number of print copies after
in single-byte character) at the top. (Be careful that the read-out data shows the 10 the new fuser unit is installed,
digits number.) after the data is converted to
equivalent number of A4 size
Enter the 11 digit number by adding “0” (Zero in single-byte character) before the paper counts.
10 digit number excluding the revision 2 digits that is shown in conceptual drawing
Belt unit Belt unit life count Number of print copies after
of “Serial number information setting” screen as shown below. the new belt unit is installed,
after the data is converted to
•฀ The฀PU฀serial฀number฀is฀output฀to฀the฀System/Serial฀Number฀column฀of฀the฀ equivalent number of A4 size
paper counts.
Enter the 11 digit number after adding “0” (zero in single-byte character)
before the 10 digit number. (Enter “OAEO1234567”.) ID unit : Black Life count of respective Number of print copies after the
Revision ID unit : Yellow ID units new ID unit is installed, after the
data is converted to equivalent
ID unit : Magenta number of A4 size paper counts.
ID unit : Cyan
Total number of papers Printer life count Total number of papers fed
fed
Print : Black Number of print copies Number of print copies after the
Print : Yellow of each ID new ID unit is installed.
Serial number label conceptual drawing
Print : Magenta
Print : Cyan
Configuration. Therefore, confirmation upon completion of rewriting the PU serial
number can be performed by printing the Configuration.
(2) Switching to the Shipping mode (Maintenance Utilities Operation Manual

45376001TH Rev.1 136 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 5. Maintenance Menu
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

5.4 Density control manual setting

When a printer is shipped from the factory, the automatic density correction mode has
been set in "Automatic". If a printer is used after the density correction mode is set to
"Manual", density may change during usage of a printer. Actions to be taken when
density is not normal.

Note! Perform the followings while a printer is in the still state. Do not perform the
followings during warm-up.

(1) Press the [2] or [8] key several times until the [Calibration] is displayed. Then,
press the [6] key.

(2) Press the [2] or [8] key to display [Adjust Density/Execute].

(3) Press the [6] key.

The automatic density correction starts.

45376001TH Rev.1 137 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

6. Periodic Maintenance

6.1 Cleaning ....................................................................................139

6.2 How to clean the LED lens array ...............................................140
6.3 How to clean the pickup roller....................................................142
6.4 How to clean the paper feed rollers for MP Tray ........................143
6.5 How to clean the rollers in the ADF ...........................................144
6.6 How to clean the document glass ..............................................145
6.7 How to clean inside of MFP .......................................................146

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 6. Periodic Maintenance
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

6.1 Cleaning
Clean inside and outside of the MFP with clean dry cleaning cloth and small vacuum
cleaner (hand cleaner) as required.

Note! Be careful not to touch the image drum terminals, the LED lens array and
the LED head connectors.

45376001TH Rev.1 139 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 6. Periodic Maintenance
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

6.2 How to clean the LED lens array

If the white banding, white stripe (white drop-out, light printing) in the vertical direction Perform cleaning of the LED head.
occurs on the print surface, clean the LED lens array.
If any light print or white banding is recognized or if print character becomes blurred,
clean the LED head as descried below.
(1) Turn off the power of the MFP.
White banding, white stripe
(white drop-out, light printing) O I

(2) Open the scanner and press down the OPEN button to open the top cover.

Personal injuries may occur.

The fuser unit gets very hot. Do not touch the fuser unit.

OPEN button

45376001TH Rev.1 140 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 6. Periodic Maintenance
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(3) Wipe the lens surface (at the four positions) of the LED head with soft tissue
paper gently and lightly.

Note! Do not use the solvents such as methyl alcohol or thinner for cleaning the
LED head lens because they can damage the LED head.

LED head

(4) Close the top cover.

45376001TH Rev.1 141 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 6. Periodic Maintenance
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

6.3 How to clean the pickup roller

If the vertical banding in the vertical direction occurs on the print surface, clean the pickup (3) Clean the separation roller of the paper tray with a clean cloth wrung out
roller. stringently of clean water.

Note! Be sure to use a soft cloth or the like for cleaning the pickup roller.
Otherwise, the roller surface can be damaged.
Separation roller

Perform cleaning of the feed roller and the separation roller.

Perform this cleaning when the error code [Open Cassette/Paper Jam/Tray1/Please see
HELP for details] occurs frequently.
(1) Draw out the paper tray.
(2) Clean the 2 feed rollers with a clean cloth stringently wrung out of clean water.
Note!฀ •฀ Clean฀the฀second฀tray฀(option)฀in฀the฀same฀manner฀when฀the฀error฀code฀
[Open Cassette/Paper Jam/Tray2/Please see HELP for details] occurs
frequently.
฀ •฀ Clean฀ the฀ feeder฀ roller฀ of฀ the฀ multi-purpose฀ tray฀ in฀ the฀ same฀ manner฀
when the error code [Open Cover/Paper Jam/Front Cover/Please see
HELP for details] occurs frequently.

Feed roller

45376001TH Rev.1 142 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 6. Periodic Maintenance
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

6.4 How to clean the paper feed rollers for MP Tray

(1) Open the MP tray. (3) Wipe the paper feed roller with a soft cloth lightly moistened with water.

Feed roller

Multi-paper tray

(4) Close the cover of the paper feed roller.

(2) While pressing the tab of the paper feed roller cover to the right, open the cover.

Tab

(5) Close the MP tray.

45376001TH Rev.1 143 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 6. Periodic Maintenance
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

6.5 How to clean the rollers in the ADF

(4) Wipe the document feeding rollers with a soft cloth lightly moistened with water.
If the document feeding rollers in the ADF are contaminated with ink, toner particles or
Wipe the whole surface of the roller while turning it with your hand.
paper dust, documents and outputs get dirty and a paper jam may occur. To prevent this, it is
recommended to clean the rollers once a month.
Document feed roller
(1) Thrn off the power of MFP.
(2) Open the ADF cover. Feed roller

Surface of the Guide

Note! If the rollers get too dirty, wipe them with a soft cloth lightly moistened with
neutral detergent, and then wipe it again with a soft cloth lightly moistened
with water.
(5) Close the Roller cover and ADF Cover.

(3) Open the Roller cover.

Roller cover

45376001TH Rev.1 144 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 6. Periodic Maintenance
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

6.6 How to clean the document glass

It is recommended to clean the document glass once a month to maintain image quality of
the printouts.
(1) Open the document glass cover.
(2) Wipe the document holding pad, document glass and ADF document glass
surface with a soft cloth lightly moistened with water.
Do not use benzine, thinners or alcohol as a cleaning agent. They may
damage the plastic parts of the MFP.

Document holding pad

ADF document glass

Document glass

(3) Close the document glass cover.

45376001TH Rev.1 145 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 6. Periodic Maintenance
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

6.7 How to clean inside of MFP

Clean inside of the MFP. (3) Remove the image drum cartridge.
1. Remove the four image drum cartridges and place them on a flat workbench.
Toner can adhere to the metal shaft located in between the fuser and the cyan image
2. Cover the removed image drum cartridge with a black paper.
drum cartridge depending on the print patter. Perform cleaning of inside of the MFP if
toner has adhered to the metal shaft.
Note! •฀ The image drum (green tubular portion) is highly inherently-brittle. Be
(1) Turn off the power of the MFP.
very careful when handling it.
O I ฀ •฀ Be very careful not to expose the image drum to direct sun light or
intense light (light of approx. 1500 lux or more). Do not leave it under
the normal illumination even indoor for 5 minutes or longer.)

(2) Open the scanner and press down the OPEN to open the top cover.

Personal injuries may occur.

The fuser unit gets very hot. Do not touch the fuser unit.

OPEN button

45376001TH Rev.1 146 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 6. Periodic Maintenance
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(4) Remove the fuser unit. (5) Clean the metal shaft with soft clean cloth or soft tissue paper.

Personal injuries may occur.

The fuser unit gets very hot. Be very careful not to touch the fuser
unit with your hands.
If it got hot, stop the work and wait until it cools down. After it has
cooled down, start the following steps.
1. Raise the fuser unit lock levers (two levers shown in blue) in the direction shown
Shaft
by the arrow.
2. Hold the handle of the fuser unit and remove it.

Handle (6) Install the fuser unit.

For the detailed procedure, refer to the User's Manual – Setup Guide "Replacing
fuser unit".
(7) Return the four image drum cartridges to the MFP gently and carefully.
Fuser unit lock levers
(shown in blue)
(8) Close the top cover.

45376001TH Rev.1 147 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure

7.1 Before starting the repair work ..................................................149
7.2 Confirmation items before taking corrective action against
abnormalities ............................................................................149
7.3 Precautions when taking corrective action against abnormality 149
7.4 Preparation for troubleshooting .................................................149
7.5 Troubleshooting method ............................................................150
7.6 Fuse check ................................................................................200
7.7 Paper cassette switches versus Paper size
correspondence table ................................................................201

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.1 Before starting the repair work

(1) Confirm the basic check/inspection points described in User’s Manual.
(2) Get the information/status from client at the time when the trouble has occurred
as much in details as possible
(3) Create the status close to the user’s status when the trouble has occurred, and
inspect a printer in that status.

7.2 Confirmation items before taking corrective action against abnormalities

(1) Is the usage environment of a printer normal?
(2) Are the consumable items (toner, drum cartridge) replaced normally?
(3) Is the print media (paper) normal? Refer to Specifications – Paper in User’s
Manual.
(4) Is the drum cartridge installed normally?

7.3 Precautions when taking corrective action against abnormality

(1) Do not touch the OPC drum surface with your hand or any foreign materials.
(2) Do not expose the OPC drum to the direct sunlight.
(3) The fuser unit will be hot. Do not touch.
(4) Do not expose the image drum to any light for 5 minutes or longer under the
normal room temperature.

7.4 Preparation for troubleshooting

(1) Display on the Operator Panel
Error status of this printer is displayed on the LCD (Liquid crystal display) of the
Operator Panel.
Take appropriate troubleshooting action in accordance with the message
displayed on the LCD.

45376001TH Rev.1 149 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5 Troubleshooting method

When a trouble occurs in this printer, perform troubleshooting by following the steps 7.5.1 Error code list
described below.

Note! For the error codes not described in this manual, refer to the Software Guide.
Trouble occurs
Error Code Details
F070 Communication error between System-CPU and Engine-CPU
F071 Incompatible firmware combination between System-CPU and Engine-CPU
The trouble that is Use the "Error code Perform more detailed F110 Communication error between System-CPU and Scanner-CPU
displayed by the list" and perform troubleshooting using the F112 Communication error between System-CPU and Scanner-CPU detected by Scanner-CPU
LCD message. troubleshooting. Troubleshooting Flow. D102 MPTray paper empty
D201 Front cover open
D21E Duplex unit cover open
D21D Top cover open
Abnormal printed D401 Tray1 missing (cassette missing)
image (and the Perform more detailed
D402 Tray2 missing (cassette missing)
trouble that is not troubleshooting using the
Troubleshooting Flow. D403 Tray3 missing (cassette missing)
displayed by the
LCD messages.) D404 Tray4 missing (cassette missing)
E010 Paper transport jam
E01A Paper Transport (remained paper)
E020 Paper exti jam
E02A Paper Exit (remained paper)
E110 Duplex feed jam
E120 MPT feed jam
E130 Tray1 feed jam
E140 Tray2 feed jam
E150 Tray3 feed jam
E160 Tray4 feed jam
E01B Fuser jam
E202 Paper feed jam
E20A Paper Feed (remained paper)
E400 Face Up Cover Jam (OPJAM2 #3)
E520 Duplex transport jam
E52A Duplex Transport (remained paper)
E13A Tray1 paper remaining
E14A Tray2 paper remaining
E15A Tray3 paper remaining
E16A Tray4 paper remaining
E570 Duplex entry jam
E57A Duplex entry (remained paper)
E580 Duplex reversal jam
E58A Duplex reversal (remained paper)
C0A1 Fan Motor Error1(Fuser cooling Fan)
C0A2 Fan Motor Error2(Poert supply cooling Fan)
45376001TH Rev.1 150 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Error Code Details Error Code Details

C0A5 Fan Motor Error5(Engine Fan Motor Error) C91D Engine Error1
C0A6 Fan Motor Error6(Duplex Fan Motor Error) C91C Engine Error2
C446 Upper heater temperature low C91B Engine Error4
C41B Upper thermistor circuit open error C91A Engine Error5
C449 Upper heater temperature high CE7A Drum up/down error
C466 Lower heater low temperature C37A Belt thermister shortened error
C468 Lower heater temperature high C37B Belt thermister open error
C41D Lower thermistor circuit open error C37C Belt thermister temperature high
C46A Compensation heater temperature high C37D Belt thermister temperature low
C46B Compensation heater temperature low C020 Drum motor lock error
C41E Compensation thermistor shortened error C4E3 Fuser motor lock error
C56A Duplex Unit I/F Error C4FA Paper rolled around fuser
C56B Tray2 Unit I/F Error F041 Excessive optional tray detected
C56C Tray3 Unit I/F Error F042 Toners duplicated by color
C5A1 Engine EEPROM error C921 AC voltage zero-crossing error
C5A5 Engine software error F090 SRAM abnormality on the SYS board
C5A2 Duplex software error F111 Scanner response abnormality
C5A3 Tray2 software error F113 Scanner software errror
C5A4 Tray3 software error F114 Scanner CPU exception
C5A6 Tray4 software error D30F Waste toner full (Belt)
C901 Scanner system initializing error D30D Waste toner full (Cyan)
C940 Engine control error D30E Waste toner full (Magenta)
C96A Power supply LSI error D311 Non genuin toner (Black)
F031 Duplex version Error D312 Non genuin toner (Cyan)
F032 Tray2 version Error D313 Non genuin toner (Magenta)
F033 Tray3 version Error D314 Non genuin toner (Yellow)
F072 Flash ROM abnormality D381 Toner region mismatch error (Black)
CE50 Temperature sensor abnormality D382 Toner region mismatch error (Cyan)
CE51 Humidity sensor abnormality D383 Toner region mismatch error (Magenta)
CE52 Sensor dewed error (Humidity Sensor Wet Error) D384 Toner region mismatch error (Yellow)
CE85 Black LED head missing D371 Toner sensor error (Black)
CE84 Cyan LED head missing D372 Toner sensor error (Cyan)
CE83 Magenta LED head missing D373 Toner sensor error (Magenta)
CE82 Yellow LED head missing D374 Toner sensor error (Yellow)
CF10 Finisher error D331 Incompatible toner (Black) → Black Toner Protected Region
C383 Black toner sensor error D332 Incompatible toner (Cyan) → Cyan Toner Protected Region
C393 Cyan toner sensor error D333 Incompatible toner (Magenta) → Magenta Toner Protected Region
C3A3 Magenta toner sensor error D334 Incompatible toner (Yellow) → Yellow Toner Protected Region
C3B3 Yellow toner sensor error D335 Incompatible toner (Black) → Black Toner Group Mismatch Error
C4C0 Fuser unit fuse cut error D336 Incompatible toner (Cyan) → Cyan Toner Group Mismatch Error
C3E2 Belt unit fuse cut error D337 Incompatible toner (Magenta) → Magenta Toner Group Mismatch Error
C3ED Black image drum fuse cut error D338 Incompatible toner (Yellow) → Yellow Toner Group Mismatch Error
C3EC Cyan image drum fuse cut error D301 Black toner is empty
C3EB Magenta image drum fuse cut error D302 Cyan toner is empty
C3EA Yellow image drum fuse cut error D303 Magenta toner is empty

45376001TH Rev.1 151 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Error Code Details Error Code Details

D304 Yellow toner is empty F104 HDD data error
D361 Standard Bin (Face Down Bin) Full F105 HDD other error
C260 Ramp error F350 Slog board abnormality
C270 Scanner error - carriage home position sensor not turning off D321 Black toner is near empty
C280 Scanner error - carriage home position sensor not turning on D322 Cyan toner is near empty
C291 Scanner error - carriage home position error D323 Magenta toner is near empty
E711 RADF JAM - Hopping D324 Yellow toner is near empty
E712 RADF JAM - paper not reaching the registration sensor F400 CPU fan abnormality
E713 RADF JAM - Reverse D345 Black image drum life
E714 RADF JAM - feed signal reception JAM D346 Cyan image drum life
E715 RADF JAM - hopping sensor of reversal D347 Magenta image drum life
E778 RADF JAM - remained paper detect D348 Yellow image drum life
E779 RADF JAM - paper set sensor 3DE1 Black image drum life
E721 RADF JAM - scan sensor (The toner empty error is occurred after the image drum reached its life.)
E722 RADF JAM - too long paper detect 3DE2 Cyan image drum life
E723 RADF JAM - too short paper detect (The toner empty error is occurred after the image drum reached its life.)
E724 RADF JAM - remained scan sensor 3DE3 Magenta image drum life
E725 RADF JAM - too short margin between paper (The toner empty error is occurred after the image drum reached its life.)
E726 RADF JAM - illegal sensor detect (duplex) 3DE4 Yellow image drum life
E727 RADF JAM - illegal sensor detect (The toner empty error is occurred after the image drum reached its life.)
E728 RADF JAM - chattering (sensor) D3D1 Fuser unit life
E741 RADF JAM - too long paper detect (duplex) D3D4 Belt unit life
E742 RADF JAM - too short paper detect (duplex) D34F Printer unit life
E743 RADF JAM - forward reversal regist sensor F120 Database damaged
E744 RADF JAM - backword reversal regist sensor C1DA LCF unit detect error 1
E870 RADF open JAM C1DB LCF unit detect error 2
D910 Duplex unit pulled out C41A Upper thermistor short error
D920 Fuser unit missing C41C Lower thermistor short error
D930 Belt unit missing C44A Thermistor slope Error
D901 Black drum missing C56D Tray4 unit I/F error
D902 Cyan drum missing C5B0 Duplex clock adjust error
D903 Magenta drum missing C5B2 Tray2 clock adjust error
D904 Yellow drum missing C5B3 Tray3 clock adjust error
D3C1 Black toner cartridge not installed C5B4 Tray4 clock adjust error
D3C2 Cyan toner cartridge not installed C9A0 Detect offline stapler error
D3C3 Magenta toner cartridge not installed E061 Tray1 check paper size error
D518 Yellow toner cartridge not installed E062 Tray2 check paper size error
D3B1 Improper Black lock lever position E063 Tray3 check paper size error
D3B2 Improper Cyan lock lever position E064 Tray4 check paper size error
D3B3 Improper Magenta lock lever position E065 MP Tray check paper size error
D3B4 Improper Yellow lock lever position F034 Tray4 version error
F100 HDD format error F03A Black tag version mismatch
F101 HDD uncounted F03B Yellow tag version mismatch
F102 HDD start error F03C Magenta tag version mismatch
F103 HDD transfer timeout F03D Cyan tag version mismatch

45376001TH Rev.1 152 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.2 Printer error troubleshooting Contents Code nnn

Indicates that jam has occurred Error
Contents Code nnn during feeding paper from the MP E120
tray.
Additional paper is detected when a Error Error E120: MP Tray
paper jam has occurred.
Error E13A : Tray1 Cassette E13A Indicates that jam has occurred Error
Error E14A : Tray2 Cassette E14A during feeding paper from the this
Error E15A : Tray3 Cassette E15A tray.
Error E16A : Tray4 Cassette E16A Error E130 : Tray 1 E130
Error E140 : Tray 2 E140
Additional paper is detected when a Error Error E150 : Tray 3 E150
paper jam has occurred. Error E160 : Tray 4 E160
Error E20A : J5: Paper Feed Path E20A
Indicates that jam has occurred in the Error
Additional paper is detected when a Error paper path.
paper jam has occurred. Error E010 : Transport E010
Error E01A : J6: Paper Transport E01A Error E020 : Exit E020
Path Error E570 : Duplex Entry E570
Error E01B : Fuser Unit E01B
Contents Additional paper is detected Error
when a paper jam has occurred. Indicates that jam has occurred in the Error
Error E02A : J7: Paper Exit Path E02A vicinity of Duplex unit.
Error E57A : J8: Duplex Entry Path E57A Error E580 : Duplex Reversal E580
In case of Error code E02A, paper Error E520 : Duplex Input E520
may be left in around the side cover at
the exit part. Indicates that jam has occurred in the Error
vicinity of Duplex unit.
Additional paper is detected when a Error Error E110 : Misfeed from Duplex E110
paper jam has occurred.
Error E58A : J1: Duplex Reversal E58A Paper feed jam Error
Path E202
Error E52A : J2: Duplex Transport E52A (Refer to codelist for detail)
Path
Face Up Cover Jam (OPJAM2 #3) Error
Indicates that the toner sensor has Error E400
detected the error. (Refer to codelist for detail)
Error C3B3 : Yellow C3B3
Error C3A3 : Magenta C3A3
Error C393 : Cyan C393
Error C383 : Black C383

Informs that a paper of illegal size Error

is fed from the tray. Check paper in
the tray, or check if multiple sheets of
paper are transported simultaneously
by mistake or not.
The recovery print is executed when
the cover is Opened/Closed
Error E061 : Tray1 E061
Error E062 : Tray2 E062
Error E063 : Tray3 E063
Error E064 : Tray4 E064
Error E065 : MP Tray E065

45376001TH Rev.1 153 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Error code Cause Error details Remedial measure Error code Cause Error details Remedial measure

C5A1 Read/write Turn off the power CE52 Dew This error can easily occur After leaving a
error of Does this error recur? Yes of the printer and condensation when a printer is brought in to printer under room
the engine back on. of the printer indoor from outdoor. temperature, turn
EEPROM is Replace the PU is detected. Leave the printer for 2 hours on the power
detected. board. or half day under room again.
temperature, and turn on the Yes Replace the Board
C940 Engine control Turn off the power power again. MFH.
logic has an of the printer and Does this error recur?
error. back on.
Does this error recur? Yes Replace the PU C0A1 Fuser exhaust Is the fan connector connected No Re-connect it
board. fan error normally? normally.
Yes Replace the fan
F031 Duplex unit for Is the Duplex unit for that No Install the correct motor.
other model is specific model installed? duplex unit. Does this error recur? No Replace the PU
detected. board.
F033 2nd tray for Is the 2nd tray for that specific No Install the correct C0A5 ID cooling fan Is the fan connector connected No Re-connect it
other model is model installed? 2nd tray. error normally? normally.
detected. Yes Replace the fan
motor.
F032 3rd tray for Is the 3rd tray for that specific No Install the correct
Does this error recur? No Replace the PU
other model is model installed? 3rd tray.
board.
detected.
C0A6 Duplex Fan error inside the Duplex unit. Check if the Duplex
C96A High voltage Is the cable connecting the PU No Re-connect them
FAN Alarm unit is installed
power supply board to the high voltage unit normally.
Caution normally or not.
interface error. connected normally? Yes Check for defective
Check if the fans
Have you checked defective contact of the high
Does the error recur when the Yes are installed
contact of contactor points? voltage system.
power is turned off once and normally or not.
No Replace the high
back on?
voltage power
Note) Replace the fan.
supply.
Does the error recur when the Yes
C0A2 Low voltage Is the fan (bottom right of the No Check for sure power is turned off once and
power supply front) of the low voltage power connection of the back on?
fan error supply block working? fan connector.
CE82~ LED head Is the LED head connected No Install the LED
Yes Replace the PU
CE85 detection normally? head unit normally.
board.
error Yes Check the LED
Is the fan connector connected No Replace the fan
(CE82=Y, HEAD fuse.
normally? motor.
CE83=M, Is the LED HEAD fuse brown? Yes After checking fuse
Yes
CE84=C, Does this error recur? No Turn on the power
CE51 Environment Turn off the power CE85=K) again.
humidity is of the printer and Yes For the method of
abnormal./ back on. checking the LED
Humidity Does this error recur? Yes Replace the Board head unit fuse,
sensor is not MFH. refer to section 7.6.
connected.
CE7A ID Up/Down Is the ID unit caught by anything Yes Re-install the ID
CE50 Environment Turn off the power position when it is removed and re- unit.
temperature of the printer and detection installed? No Turn on the power
is abnormal. back on. error again.
Does this error recur? Yes Replace the Board Does this error recur? Yes Replace the high
MFH. voltage power supply.

45376001TH Rev.1 154 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Error code Cause Error details Remedial measure Error code Cause Error details Remedial measure

C3EA~ The ID unit Is the ID unit installed normally? No Re-install the ID unit. C41E Compensation Is the error message displayed? Turn on the power
C3ED fuse has Does this error recur? Turn on the power Thermistor Does this error recur? again.
blown out. Does the printer recover from Yes again. Error Yes After leaving a
(C3EA=Y, the error when the PU/PRZ Yes After checking printer for 30
C3EB=M, board is replaced? for the sure minutes, turn on
C3EC=C, connection of the the power again.
C3ED=K) cable between
PRZ board and PU C41A Short-circuit Turn on the power
No board, replace the C41B or open- again.
PRZ board. circuit of fuser Does this error recur? Yes Replace the fuser
Replace the PU thermistor is unit.
board. detected.

C3E2 The fuse has Is the belt unit connected No Re-install the belt C449 The fuser Turn on the power
blown out. normally? unit. C446 thermistor again.
Yes Turn on the power has detected Does this error recur? Yes Replace the fuser
again. an abnormal unit.
Does this error recur? Yes After checking temperature Does this error recur? Yes Replace the low
for the sure cable (high voltage power
connection, temperature supply unit.
replace the PU or or low
Board IBY. temperature.)

C4C0 The fuse has Is the fuser unit installed No After cleaning C41C The backup Turn on the power
blown out. normally? the connecting roller again.
connector of the thermistor is Does this error recur? Yes Replace the fuser
fuser unit, re-install detected of its unit.
the fuser unit. short-circuit.
Turn on the power (At high
again. temperature)
Does this error recur? Yes After checking
for the sure cable C41D The backup Turn on the power
connection, roller again.
Yes replace the PU or thermistor Does this error recur? Yes Replace the fuser
Board IBY. is detected unit.
of its open-
C3B3~ Toner sensor Is the toner cartridge installed? No Install the toner circuit. (At low
C383 detection cartridge. temperature)
error. Is the lock lever of the toner No Rotate the lock
(C3B3=Y, set? lever of toner to the C468 The backup Turn on the power
C3A3=M, lock position. C466 roller again.
C393=C, Turn on the power thermistor Does this error recur? Yes Replace the fuser
C383=K) This again. has detected unit.
error does Yes Replace the toner an abnormal Does this error recur? Yes Replace the low
not occur with Does this error recur? sensor assembly. temperature voltage power
the default (high supply unit.
settings. temperature
or low
C44A Thermistor Is the error message displayed? Turn on the power temperature.)
Slope Error Does this error recur? again.
Yes After leaving a
printer for 30
minutes, turn on
the power again.

45376001TH Rev.1 155 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Error code Cause Error details Remedial measure Error code Cause Error details Remedial measure

C56A Option unit Turn on the power C4E3 Fuser motor Fuser does not rotate normally. Check if the
C56B I/F error again. lock error fuser is installed
(C56A=Duplex Does this error recur? Yes Check for sure normally or not.
C56C Unit, connection of the Yes Replace the fuser.
C56D C56B=2nd Tray, connectors. Does this error recur? Yes Replace the fuser
Does this error recur? Yes Replace the option motor.
C56C=3rd Tray unit.
C56D=4th Tray) C4FA Media Media has wrapped around the Turn off the power.
wrapped fuser. Replace the fuser.
C91D RFID Reader RFID read device error Yes Check for normal around the
not Installed connection of the fuser error
RFID R/W board.
Does this error recur? Yes Replace the RFID C5B2 Tray-2/3/4 C5B2=2nd Tray Replace the Tray
R/W. Replace the C5B3 CPU clock board GOH-11.
C5B3=3rd Tray
PU board. C5B4 frequency
error C5B4=4th Tray
C91A RFID reader Interface error with the RFID 01: Same as the
I/F error reader is detected. error no. C91D F041 Over than Over than available setting Remove the
C91B available number tray is installed. available setting
C91C 01: Communication error 02: Replace the setting number tray.
between the RFID reader RFID R/W number tray
and the engine circuit board. detection
boards. 03: Check for error
02: Error in the wireless circuit normal
of the RFID reader connection of F042 Error due Two or more toner cartridges of Install the cartridge
03: Communication error the antenna to detection the same color are detected. of the specified
between the RFID reader cable. of the toner in the specified
and the toner cartridge. 04: Check if cartridges position.
quantity of the of the same
04: Error is detected in the RFID color
toner cartridge. toner cartridge
(In more than 4) is correct or
F03A~ Detection An unsupported toner cartridge Replace it with an
not.
F03D of an has been detected. appropriate toner
C37A~ Abnormal Is the cable from belt thermistor No Re-connect the unsupported F03A:Black toner cartridge cartridge.
C37D temperature to the high voltage board cables normally. toner position
of belt connected normally? Yes Turn on the power cartridge
F03B:Yellow toner cartridge
C37A: Short- again. position
circuit Does this error recur? No Replace the belt
thermistsor. F03C:Magenta toner cartridge
C37B: Open position
circuit
C37C: High F03D:Cyan toner cartridge
temperature position
C37D: Low
temperature
C1DA LCF unit detect error 1 Replace the LCF
C020 Image drum The ID does not rotate normally. Check if the ID is C1DB LCF unit detect error 2 Unit Board
lock error installed normally
Does the error display recur or not. C46A Compensation Heater Temp high Turn on the
when the power is turned off Yes Replace the ID C46B Compensation Heater Temp Low power,after 30min.
once and back on? unit.
Yes Replace the ID C5A2 Duplex Software Error Replace the
motor. Duplex Unit

45376001TH Rev.1 156 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Error code Cause Error details Remedial measure Error code Cause Error details Remedial measure

C5A3 Tray3 Software Error Change the Tray3 E13A Tray1 paper remaining Take out the
Board jammed paper.
Change the sensor
C5A4 Tray2 Software Error Change the Tray2 Lever.
Board Change the PU
board.
C5A5 Software Error Change the PU
Board E140 Occur jam with the Tray2 Take out the
jammed paper.
C5A6 Tray4 Software Error Change the Tray4 Change the sensor
Board Lever.
Change the Tray2
C5B0 Duplex Clock Adjust Error Change the Duplex
board.
C9A0 Offline stapler error Change the offline
E14A Occur jam and Paper on the Take out the
stapler
Tray2 jammed paper.
E01A Occur jam and Paper on the Take out the Change the sensor
Transport Path jammed paper. Lever.
Change the sensor Change the Tray2
Lever. board.
Change the PU
E150 Occur jam with the Tray3 Take out the
board.
jammed paper.
E01B Occur jam around Fuser Unit Take out the Change the sensor
jammed paper. Lever.
Change the sensor Change the Tray3
Lever. board.
Change the PU
E15A Occur jam and Paper on the Take out the
board.
Tray3 jammed paper.
E02A Occur jam and Paper on the Take out the Change the sensor
Exit Path jammed paper. Lever.
Change the sensor Change the Tray3
Lever. board.
Change the PU
E160 Occur jam with the Tray4 Take out the
board.
jammed paper.
E061 Tray1 check paper size error Change the paper Change the sensor
size or change the Lever.
E062 Tray2 check paper size error Change the Tray4
paper in Tray.
E063 Tray3 check paper size error board.
E064 Tray4 check paper size error
E16A Occur jam and Paper on the Take out the
E065 MP Tray check paper size error Tray3 jammed paper.
E130 Occur jam with the Tray1 Take out the Change the sensor
jammed paper. Lever.
Change the Tray4
Change the sensor board.
Lever.
Change the Tray1 E202 Paper feed jam Take out the
board. jammed paper.
Change the sensor
Lever.
Change the PU
board.

45376001TH Rev.1 157 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Error code Cause Error details Remedial measure Note! ・Service calls C41E error, C41B error, C41D error, C37C error and C37D
　error; These errors can occur when the printer temperature is below 0 .
E20A Occur jam and Paper on the Take out the 　Turn on the power again after the printer temperature has increased.
Feed Path jammed paper.
Change the sensor 　　　・Service call C9A0 error can release temporary, by restart the MFP with
Lever. stapler cover open.
Change the PU
board.

E400 Face Up Cover Jam Change the sensor

Lever.
Change the cable.
Change the relay
board or PU board.

E52A Occur Duplex jam and Paper on Take out the

the Transport Path jammed paper.
Change the sensor
Lever.
Change the Duplex
board.

E57A Occur Duplex jam and Paper on Take out the

the Entry Path jammed paper.
Change the sensor
Lever.
Change the Duplex
board.

E58A Occur Duplex jam and Paper on Take out the

the Reversal Path jammed paper.
Change the sensor
Lever.
Change the Duplex
board.

C921 AC voltage zero-crossing error Check the AC

voltage.
Change the Low-
voltage board or
PU board.

F034 Tray4 version error Change the Tray4

board

F070

F071

F072 PU Flash Error Change the PU

board

F073

45376001TH Rev.1 158 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.3 Scanner error troubleshooting System Spec.

Code Category Cause Error details Measure

System Spec.
E722 Error ADF document Regist paper sensor stuck jam/detection Open the ADF cover,
Code Category Cause Error details Measure jam of out-of-spec oversized documents – remove every jammed
Once the regist paper sensor becomes document from the paper
E711 Error ADF document Jam due to non-arrival at the hopping Open the ADF cover, active, it does not become inactive feed path, and close the
jam sensor – After paper feeding is started, remove every jammed when the fed document is transferred to ADF cover.
the hopping sensor does not become document from the paper the distance exceeding the maximum
active. (Simplex and Duplex) feed path, and close the page size. (Simplex and Duplex)
ADF cover.
E723 Error ADF document Detection of out-of-spec undersized Open the ADF cover,
E712 Error ADF document Jam due to non-arrival at the regist Open the ADF cover, jam documents – Once the regist paper remove every jammed
jam paper sensor – After feeding for a remove every jammed sensor becomes active, it becomes document from the paper
simplex document scan is started, the document from the paper inactive before the fed document is feed path, and close the
regist paper sensor does not become feed path, and close the transferred by the distance equal to ADF cover.
active. (Simplex) ADF cover. the minimum page size. (Simplex and
Duplex)
E713 Error ADF document Jam due to non-arrival at the reverse Open the ADF cover,
jam paper sensor – After feeding for a remove every jammed E724 Error ADF document Scan sensor stuck jam – The scan Open the ADF cover,
duplex document scan is started, the document from the paper jam sensor does not become inactive even remove every jammed
reverse paper sensor does not become feed path, and close the when the fed document is transferred document from the paper
active. (Duplex) ADF cover. by 60mm after the regist paper sensor feed path, and close the
becomes inactive. (Simplex and ADF cover.
E714 Error ADF document Jam due to document removal – In Open the ADF cover, Duplex)
jam the middle of feeding for a simplex remove every jammed
document scan, the document set document from the paper E725 Error ADF document Detection of a too little space between Open the ADF cover,
sensor becomes inactive. (Simplex and feed path, and close the jam documents – Before the document is remove every jammed
Duplex) ADF cover. transferred by 31mm after the regist document from the paper
paper sensor becomes inactive, the feed path, and close the
E715 Error ADF document Activation of the hopping sensor at Open the ADF cover, sensor becomes active. Detection of a ADF cover.
jam document reversal – The hopping remove every jammed too little space between the documents.
sensor becomes active when the document from the paper (Simplex)
reverse paper sensor is inactive. Multi- feed path, and close the
feed of documents is detected. (Duplex) ADF cover. E726 Error ADF document Activation of the reverse paper sensor Open the ADF cover,
jam for the documents not to be reversed remove every jammed
E778 Error ADF document Remaining document detection at Open the ADF cover, – Switching to the first separator is not document from the paper
jam power on – A sensor other than the remove every jammed carried out normally causing activation feed path, and close the
document set sensor becomes active document from the paper of the reverse paper sensor. (Simplex ADF cover.
when the power is turned on or the feed path, and close the and Duplex)
cover is opened and closed during ADF cover. •฀The฀reverse฀paper฀sensor฀becomes฀
operation. active in feeding of a simplex document.
•฀The฀reverse฀paper฀sensor฀becomes฀
E779 Error ADF document Activation of only the document set Open the ADF cover, active between reversal to the back and
jam sensor – Only the document set sensor remove every jammed activation of the regist paper sensor.
becomes active at initialization of the document from the paper
ADF stopper gate. feed path, and close the
ADF cover.

E721 Error ADF document Jam due to non-arrival at the scan Open the ADF cover, E727 Error ADF document Activation of a sensor at an unintended Open the ADF cover,
jam sensor – Although the fed document remove every jammed jam timing – The scan sensor, regist paper remove every jammed
is transferred to a certain distance, the document from the paper sensor, hopping sensor or reverse document from the paper
scan sensor does not become active. feed path, and close the paper sensor becomes active at feed path, and close the
(Simplex and Duplex) ADF cover. an unintended timing. (Simplex and ADF cover.
Duplex)

45376001TH Rev.1 159 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

System Spec. System Spec.

Code Category Cause Error details Measure Code Category Cause Error details Measure

E728 Error ADF document Detection of chattering of a sensor Open the ADF cover, C280 ServiceCall Scanner home The home position sensor does not Power cycle the unit.
jam – Chattering of a sensor is detected. remove every jammed position error become active in the designated period If the power cycle does not
Once a sensor becomes active, the document from the paper of time – The carriage does not reach work to recover from the
sensor becomes inactive in 5mm feed path, and close the the home position in the designated error, the unit needs repair.
feeding of the document. Then the ADF cover. period of time. The sensor malfunctions.
inactive sensor becomes active in The possible cause is
the next 5mm feeding. (Simplex and the damage of the home
Duplex) position sensor, the belt
that moves CIS, or the FB
E741 Error ADF Reverse paper sensor stuck jam/ Open the ADF cover, motor.
document jam detection of out-of-spec oversized remove every jammed
documents – The reverse paper sensor document from the paper C291 ServiceCall Scan position Scan position detect error – The black Power cycle the unit and
does not become inactive when the feed path, and close the detect error edge is not detected in scanning. retry to scan.
document is transferred to the distance ADF cover. If the error occurs again
exceeding the maximum page size. in the next scan, the unit
(Duplex) needs repair.
The calibration sheet may
E742 Error ADF Detection of out-of-spec undersized Open the ADF cover, not be installed properly.
document jam documents – The reverse paper sensor remove every jammed
becomes inactive before the document document from the paper none Error ADF cover ADF cover open Close the ADF cover.
is transferred by the distance equal to feed path, and close the open
the minimum page size. (Duplex) ADF cover.
none Warning/ Scanner Carriage warning – The carriage does Perform the recovery
E743 Error ADF document Non-arrival at the regist paper sensor at Open the ADF cover, Error carriage not return to the home position after the procedure according to the
jam reversing to the front – After reversing remove every jammed warning scan. This error may occur when a user guidance.
to the front, the regist paper sensor document from the paper presses the document hard against the
does not become active in a lapse of a feed path, and close the FB to scan.
certain period of time. (Duplex) ADF cover.
F110 ServiceCall Communication System CPU - Scanner CPU If the error occurs frequently,
E744 Error ADF document Non-arrival at the regist paper sensor Open the ADF cover, error between communication error check for the proper
jam at reversing to the back – When the remove every jammed system CPU connection between the CU
document is transferred following document from the paper and Scanner PCB and the SU PCB.
reversal to the back, the regist paper feed path, and close the CPU
sensor does not become active. ADF cover.
(Duplex) F111 ServiceCall Scanner Scanner response anomaly The SU PCB, the scanner
response or the scanner firmware
E870 Error ADF document ADF open jam – A document jam is Remove every jammed anomaly may have some problems.
jam caused by opening of the ADF while document from the paper
the RADF is operating. feed path, and close the F112 ServiceCall Controller CU-PU communication error detected If the error occurs frequently,
ADF cover. response by the scanner check for the proper
anomaly connection between the CU
C260 ServiceCall Scanner lamp Lamp error – Exposure adjustment has Power cycle the unit. PCB and the SU PCB.
error failed. If the power cycle does not
work to recover from the F113 ServiceCall Scanner CPU Anomalous program on the scanner The SU PCB, the scanner
error, the unit needs repair. exception side or the scanner firmware
The CIS may be damaged. may have some problems.

C270 ServiceCall Scanner home The home position sensor does not Power cycle the unit. F114 ServiceCall Scanner CPU CPU exception on the scanner side The SU PCB, the scanner
position error become inactive in the designated exception or the scanner firmware
If the power cycle does not may have some problems.
period of time – The carriage does not work to recover from the
move from the home position in the error, the unit needs repair.
designated period of time.
The possible cause is
the damage of the home
position sensor, the belt
that moves CIS, or the FB
motor.

45376001TH Rev.1 160 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4 Preparation for troubleshooting (8-5) Paper is not supplied from the Duplex unit to the regist roller...................183
(9) Paper size error (error code E061, E062, E063, E064, E065) ............................183
(1) LCD display error ................................................................................................162
(9-1) Jam occurs when paper end is located near the IN1 sensor. ...................183
(1-1) LCD does not display anything. ................................................................162
(1-2) Error messages related to Operator Panel are displayed. ........................162 (10) ID unit Up/Down error (Service call CE7A) .........................................................184
(10-1) Error occurs during the Up movement of the ID unit ................................184
(2) Abnormal operations of printer after the power is turned on ...............................163
(10-2) Error occurs during the Down movement of the ID unit ............................184
(2-1) Any operation does not start at all. ...........................................................163
(2-2) Abnormal sound is heard. .........................................................................163 (11) Fuser unit error (error C41A,C41B,C449,C446,C41C,C41D,C468,C466) ..........185
(2-3) Bad odors are generated. .........................................................................164 (11-1) Error occurs immediately after the power is turned on. ............................185
(2-4) Rise-up time is slow. .................................................................................164 (11-2) Error occurs approx. 1 minute after the power is turned on. .....................185

(3) Paper feed jam (error code E130: 1st tray) .........................................................172 (12) Motor fan error (error code C0A2, C0A1, C0A5, C0A6) .....................................186
(3-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on. (1st tray)...............172 (12-1) The low voltage power supply fan does not rotate immediately
(3-2) Jam occurs immediately after the paper feed is started. (1st tray) ...........172 after the power is turned on. .....................................................................186
(12-2) Duplex fan does not rotate during the Duplex printing. .............................186
(4) Feed jam (error code E202) ................................................................................174
(12-3) All fans of the printer do not rotate. ...........................................................186
(4-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on...............................174
(4-2) Jam occurs immediately after the paper feed is started. ..........................174 (13) Print speed is slow. (Performance is low.) ...........................................................187
(13-1) Print speed decreases. .............................................................................187
(5) Paper feed jam (error code E120: Multipurpose tray) .........................................175
(5-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on. (14) Option unit cannot be recognized........................................................................187
(Multipurpose tray) ....................................................................................175 (14-1) Duplex unit cannot be recognized.............................................................187
(5-2) Jam occurs immediately after paper feed is started. (14-2) Option try unit cannot be recognized. .......................................................187
(Multipurpose tray) ....................................................................................176 (15) LED head cannot be recognized. (error code CE82, CE83, CE84, CE85) .........188
(6) Paper running jam (error code E010) ..................................................................177 (15-1) Service call CE82 to CE85 (LED HEAD Missing) .....................................188
(6-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on...............................177 (16) Toner cartridge cannot be recognized. (error code C3B3,C3A3,C393,C383) ....189
(6-2) Jam occurs immediately after a paper is taken into printer. ......................177 (16-1) Error caused by the consumable items.....................................................189
(6-3) Jam occurs in the middle of paper running path. ......................................178 (16-2) Error caused by the toner sensor .............................................................189
(6-4) Jam occurs immediately after paper has reached the fuser. ....................179 (16-3) Error caused by the defective mechanism ................................................190
(7) Paper unloading jam (error code E020) ..............................................................179 (17) Fuse cut error (error codes C3EA,C3EB,C3EC,C3ED,,C3E2,C4C0) ................190
(7-1) Paper unloading jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on. ................. 179 (17-1) Fuse cut error ...........................................................................................190
(7-2) Paper unloading jam occurs after a paper is taken into printer. ................180 (18) Humidity sensor error (error code CE51) ............................................................191
(7-3) Paper unloading jam occurs in the middle of paper running path. ...........181 (18-1) Humidity sensor error ...............................................................................191
(8) Two-sided printing jam (error code: E580, E520, E110, E510, E570) .................181 (19) Wiring diagram ....................................................................................................192
(8-1) Two-sided printing jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on..181
(8-2) Two-sided printing jam occurs during taking in the paper Note! When replacing the PU board, read the EEPROM chip contents of the
into Duplex unit. ........................................................................................182 old board first, and copy them to the new board upon completion of the
(8-3) Two-sided printing jam occurs in the process of reversing paper..............182 replacement. (Refer to section 5.4.1 Precautions when replacing the engine
(8-4) Two-sided printing jam occurs during transporting paper control board.)
inside the Duplex unit................................................................................183

45376001TH Rev.1 161 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4. (1) LCD display error Action to be taken

Check item Check work
Memo For the numbers from ① through  after name of the respective connectors, at NG
refer to section 7.5.4 (19) "Wiring diagram". (1-1-3) Check the peripherals of the power supplies

(1-1) LCD does not display anything. Primary AC power Check the supplied voltage of the AC power Supply the AC
source that is source. power.
connected to the
Action to be taken printer.
Check item Check work
at NG
5V power that is Check for the 5V power supply at Replace the low
(1-1-1) Check supplied to the CU/ PU ⑦ :Pin-11,13 voltage power
PU board. CU ⑦ :Pin-1,2,3 supply.
CU board Replace CU
of the POWER connector of the CU/PU board.
board.
(1-1-4) Check that power supply circuit has no short-circuit.
(1-1-2) Check the system connection
5V power and 24V Check that power supply circuit has no short- Replace the part
Connection between Check if the cable from the low voltage power Re-connect the power that are circuit at the POWER connector ⑦ of the causing short-
the low voltage supply to the POWER connector of the CU cable normally. supplied to the CU/ CU board. The follow voltage must appear circuit.
power supply unit board is normally connected or not. PU board. respectively.
and the CU board. Check if the connector is connected only in the PU ⑦
half-way or not, and check if the connector is Pin 1,2,3,4:24V
inserted in slanted angle or not. Pin 5,6,7,8:0VP
Pin 9,10:0VL
Cable assembly Check if the cable is half-open circuit. Replace the
connecting the low Check if sheath of the cable has not peeled off cable with the Pin 11,13:5V
voltage power supply or not. normal cable. CU ⑦
unit and the CU/PU Check if the cable assembly is defective such as Pin 1,2,3:5V
board. internal wires are disconnected or not. Note! Pin 4,5,6:0VL
Pin 10,11:0VP
Connection between Check if the cable is connected to the OPE Re-connect the Pin 12,13:24V
the CU board and connector  of the CU board normally or not. cable normally.
If any voltage does not appear and short-circuit
Operator Panel Check if the connector is connected in the half- is detected, locate the source of the short-circuit
way only or not, and check if the connector is as follows:
inserted in a slanted angle or not. Disconnect the cables that are connected to the
CU board one cable after another until location
Connecting the Check if the cable has open circuit or not with Replace the of the short-circuit is found out.
CU board and the VOM. Check if sheath of the cable has not OPE unit
Operator Panel peeled off or not by visual inspection.
board
(1-2) Error messages related to Operator Panel are displayed.

Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG

(1-2-1) Error message

Error message Check the error contents by referring to the Error Follow the
Message List. instruction.

45376001TH Rev.1 162 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4. (2) Abnormal operations of printer after the power is turned on (2-2) Abnormal sound is heard.
(2-1) Any operation does not start at all.
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG (2-2-1) Check loss of synchronization of motor (Driver error)
(2-1-1) Check the peripherals of the power supplies
Operating conditions Check if operations of the respective motors are Replace the PU
of the respective normal or not by using the self-diagnostic mode. board.
Primary AC power Check the supplied voltage of the AC power Supply the AC motors Check if any load exists or not.
source that is source. power. "Buzzer" sound when an error occurs.
connected to the
printer.
Condition of the Check for normal wiring conditions of the Replace the
motor cable respective motors. motor cable.
5V power and 24V Check the power supply voltages at the POWER Replace the low Perform the visual check and measure resistance Re-connect the
power that are connector of the CU/PU board. The follow voltage power at open circuit with VOM as follows. cable for normal
supplied to the CU/ voltage must appear respectively. supply. Remove the motor cable at the board end. conditions.
PU board. PU ⑦ Measure resistance between the respective pins
Pin 1,2,3,4:24V of the removed cable and FG with VOM.
Pin 5,6,7,8:0VP
(2-2-2) Check loss of synchronization of motor (Abnormal load of the consumable item)
Pin 9,10:0VL
Pin 11,13:5V Operating conditions Check if operations of the respective motors are Replace the
CU ⑦ of the respective normal or not by using the self-diagnostic mode. corresponding
motors Check if any load exists or not. consumable
Pin 1,2,3:5V "Buzzer" sound when an error occurs. item.
Pin 4,5,6:0VL If any attempt
Pin 10,11:0VP of using new
part as a trial
Pin 12,13:24V
is going to be
made, be sure to
(2-1-2) Check the system connection use the System
Maintenance
Connection condition Check contents of (1-1). Follow the Menu FUSE
of Operator Panel Any operation of a printer will not start until the contents of (1-1). KEEP MODE.
Operator Panel is detected and is started of its
operation.

45376001TH Rev.1 163 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Action to be taken (2-3) Bad odors are generated.

Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
(2-2-3) Check the jumping phenomena of gear tooth. (Abnormal load of the consumable item) at NG

Operating conditions Check if operations of the respective motors are Replace the (2-3-1) Locating the exact position of generating bad odor
of the respective normal or not by using the self-diagnostic mode. corresponding
motors Check if any load exists or not. consumable Fuser unit Remove the fuser unit and check the odor. Implement
"Buzz buzz" sound is generated when an error item. section (2-3-2).
occurs. If any attempt
of using new Low voltage power Remove the low voltage power supply unit and Replace the low
part as a trial supply unit check the odor. voltage power
is going to be supply unit
made, be sure to
use the System (2-3-2) Check conditions of the fuser unit
Maintenance
Menu FUSE Life count of fuser Check the life count of the fuser unit by using the The fuser close
KEEP MODE. unit self-diagnostic mode. to the new fuser
unit smells some
Installation condition Check by visual inspection if the respective Replace an odors.
of each consumable consumable items are installed in their normal appropriate
item positions in which gears of the consumable items mechanical part Check that no Check that no foreign materials such as paper Remove the
engage accurately or not. as required, or foreign material are stuck inside of the fuser unit. foreign material.
adjust or repair exists in fuser unit.

(2-2-4) Check the wiring conditions of cables

Wiring conditions Check if the cable contacts with the fan blade Correct the (2-4) Rise-up time is slow.
of the cables in because wiring conditions of the cables near fan wiring conditions
the vicinity of the is poor or not. of the cable. Action to be taken
respective cooling "Clap, clap" sound is generated when an error Check item Check work
at NG
fans occurs.
(2-4-1) Check the fuser unit
(2-2-5) Check installation condition of mechanical parts
Halogen lamp Check that 120V or 230V is shown on the label Replace the
Check the Remove the CU/PU board, and inspect the If they are not on the rear of the fuser unit. fuser unit.
installation installation conditions of the partition plate by hooked on the (120V:ODA,230V:ODA/OEL)
conditions of the visual inspection. normal specified
partition plate under positions, correct
the CU/PU boards. them.

45376001TH Rev.1 164 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(3) Paper Jams JAM location of occurrence outline chart

When paper jams occur or paper remains in the printer, "Paper Jam", or "Paper Remain"
is displayed on the operation panel.
J7 J9
A method to remove the paper is displayed, remove the paper in the printer according to (E120:MISS FEED AT
(E020:EXIT)
[Handling]. J13 FRONTFEEDER)

In addition, A method to remove paper is also described in the reference page at the right (E01B:Around Fuser Unit) J5(E202:FEED)
J8 J6 J12(E061:PAPER
table. (E570:DUPLEX EXITsensor (E010:TRANSPORT) SIZE ERROR)
ENTRY) WR sensor
DUP-IN
sensor

DUP-F sensor IN2 sensor

IN1sensor

J10
(E130:TRAY1)

Message to be displayed Reference page

J1 DUP-B sensor
Open Cassette (E580:DUPLEX 2nd-IN
Paper Jam REVERSAL) SENSOR
J4 J3
[Tray Name]
Page 166 (E510:MULTIFEED IN (E110:MISS FEED AT DUPLEX)
Open Cassette DUPLEX UNIT) J2
Paper Remain (E520:DUPLEX INPUT)
[Tray Name] J11
(E140:TRAY2)
Open Cover
Paper Jam
Front Cover
Page 167
Open Cover
Paper Remain
Front Cover

Open Cover
Paper Jam
Top Cover
Page 168
Open Cover
Paper Remain
Top Cover

Check Duplex Unit

Paper Jam
Page 170
Check Duplex Unit
Paper Remain

45376001TH Rev.1 165 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(3) Return the tray to the printer.

Open Cassette Open Cassette
Paper Remain Paper Jam
[Tray Name] [Tray Name]

When the above messages are displayed.

Tray1 is applied here as an example.

(1) Pull the displayed tray.

(4) Open and close the scanner and top cover.

(2) Remove paper. OPEN buttom

45376001TH Rev.1 166 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(3) Slowly pull out the jammed paper.

Open Cover Open Cover
If you see the top edge of paper If you do not see the top edge of paper
Paper Remain Paper Jam
Front Cover Front Cover

When the above messages are displayed.

(1) Open the multipurpose tray.

(4) Close the front cover.

Multi-paper tray

(2) Push up the center handle (blue), to open the front cover.

Front cover

(5) Close the multipurpose tray.

Front cover

45376001TH Rev.1 167 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(3) Uninstall the four image drum cartridges and put them on a flat table.
Open Cover Open Cover
Starter toner cartridge
Paper Remain Paper Jam
Top Cover Top Cover
Image drum
cartridge

When the above messages are displayed.

(1) Open the top cover.

(4) Cover the uninstalled image drum cartridges with black paper.
Black paper

OPEN buttom

(5) (a) If you see the top edge of paper

(2) Touch the screw or plate with a hand to discharge static.
Pull up the jammed paper slowly.

Plate

45376001TH Rev.1 168 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(b) If you do not see the top edge of paper Set the fuser unit in the printer body and fold backward the lock lever (2
Pull up the jammed paper slowly while pushing the jam release lever of the fuser levers). Lock lever of the fuser unit (Blue)

unit.

jam release lever of the fuser unit

Handle

(6) Set four image drums in the printer.

(c) If paper is jammed in the fuser unit

Pull the lock levers (2 levers) of the fuser unit to remove the fuser unit.

Handle

(7) Close the top cover.

Lock lever of the fuser unit (Blue)

Pull the jammed paper to the front side while pressing the jam release lever.

Jam release lever

45376001TH Rev.1 169 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(3) Close the Duplex unit cover.

Check Duplex Unit Check Duplex Unit
Paper Remain Paper Jam

When the above messages are displayed.

(1) Hold and press down the jam release lever of the Duplex unit to open the Duplex
unit cover.

Duplex unit cover

Jam release lever

(2) Release jammed paper.

If you do not see the paper, by closing the Duplex unit cover, the paper is
automatically outputted.

Duplex unit cover

45376001TH Rev.1 170 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Document Jam If the edge of the document can been seen under the paper guide, lift the paper
guide and then pull out the document.
In the Duplex Paper Path
(1) While opening the ADF cover, pull out the document from the duplex paper path.

paper guide

If the edge of the document cannot be seen in the ADF, lift the document tray
and then pull out the document.
Pull down the document tray.

Inside the ADF

document tray
(1) Remove any documents from the document tray.
(2) Open the ADF cover.

(3) Hold jammed document by the top edge, and gently pull it out.

(4) Close the ADF cover.

45376001TH Rev.1 171 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4. (3) Paper feed jam (error code E130: 1st tray) (3-2) Jam occurs immediately after the paper feed is started. (1st tray)
(3-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on. (1st tray)
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG (3-2-1) Check condition of the paper running path
(3-1-1) Check condition of the paper running path Paper running path Check if paper is jammed or not in the paper Remove the
of the front unit running path. jammed paper.
Paper running path Open the front cover check if paper is not Remove the
of the front unit jammed in the paper running path. jammed paper. (3-2-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts

(3-1-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts Check the sensor Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the
levers of the paper levers have any abnormality or not. sensor with the
Check the sensor Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the entrance sensor good sensor
levers of the paper levers have any abnormality or not. sensor lever with 1 and the paper lever.
entrance sensor the good sensor entrance sensor 2.
1 and the paper lever.
entrance sensor 2. Check the separator Check if any foreign materials such as paper Remove the
assemblies of the dust on the surface of the feed roller or of the foreign material.
(3-1-3) Check condition of electrical parts feed roller, the pickup roller or not.
pickup roller and the
Check the detection Confirm that the sensor signals are normally Replace either tray. Check if the feed roller or the pickup roller has Replace the
condition of the detected by using the Maintenance Menu the PU board worn out or not. separator
sensor signal. SWITCH SCAN function. or the front assemblies of the
sensor board feed roller, pickup
(RSF PCB) roller and tray.
or connection
cable. (3-2-3) Motor operation check

Check output signal Check for the following signals at the FSNS Replace the Paper feed motor Confirm that the paper feed motor works Replace the PU
level of the paper connector of the PU board. front sensor normally by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the board or the
entrance sensor 1 board (RSF self-diagnostic mode. paper feed motor.
Pin-4: Paper entrance sensor 1
and that of the paper Pin-3: Paper entrance sensor 2 PCB)
entrance sensor 2. Paper feed motor Remove the HP_PSZCL connector of the PU Replace the PU
Confirm that the above signal levels change driver board and check the followings at the connector board.
when the sensor lever is operated. side.
Several MΩ between pin-1 – FG.
Check the power Check the 5V power at the FSNS connector Replace the Several MΩ between pin-2 – FG.
voltages supplied of the front sensor board (RSF PCB). connection Several MΩ between pin-3 – FG.
to the front sensor Pin-1: 5V power supply cable. Several MΩ between pin-4 – FG.
board (RSF PCB) Pin-5: 0VL

45376001TH Rev.1 172 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Action to be taken Action to be taken

Check item Check work Check item Check work
at NG at NG

(3-2-4) Check the system connection (3-2-6) Check the system connection

Paper feed motor Check the connection condition of the cable. Replace the Paper feed clutch Check the connection condition of the cable. Replace the
drive cable Check if the connector is connected in the half- cable with the cable Check if the connector is connected in the half- cable with the
way only or not, and check if the connector good cable way only or not, and check if the connector good cable
is inserted in a slanted angle or not. Check that normalizes is inserted in a slanted angle or not. Check that normalizes
also that cables are assembled without any the connection also that cables are assembled without any the connection
abnormality. condition. abnormality. condition.

Paper feed motor Check that any cable is not pinched during Replace the Paper feed clutch Check that any cable is not pinched during Replace the
drive cable assembling of the printer. cable with the cable assembling of the printer. solenoid and re-
Remove the HP_PSZCL connector of the PU good cable Remove the CL1 connector of the PU board assemble the
board and check the followings at the cable side. that normalizes and check the followings at the cable side. printer correctly.
Short circuit between pin-1 – FG the connection
Short circuit between pin-1 – FG
Short circuit between pin-2 – FG condition.
Remove the CL1 connector of the PU board
Short circuit between pin-3 – FG
and check that approx. 240Ω can be measured
Short circuit between pin-4 – FG
between pin-1 and pin-2.
Paper feed motor Remove the HP_PSZCL connector of the Replace the
PU board and check that approx. 3.4Ω can be paper feed motor.
measured between pin-1 -pin-2 at the cable end,
and that approx. 5Ω can be measured between
pin-3 -pin-4 respectively.

(3-2-5) Solenoid operation check

Paper feed clutch Confirm that the paper feed clutch or regist Replace the PU
clutch works normally by using the Motor & board, or replace
Clutch Test of the self-diagnostic mode. the paper feed
Remove the metal plate from the right side of a clutch or regist
printer so that the clutch becomes visible. Then, clutch.
check operation of the clutch.

45376001TH Rev.1 173 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4. (4) Feed jam (error code E202) (4-2) Jam occurs immediately after the paper feed is started.
(4-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on.
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG (4-2-1) Check condition of the paper running path

(4-1-1) Check condition of the paper running path Paper running path Check if paper is jammed or not in the paper Remove the
of the front unit running path. jammed paper.
Paper running path Open the front cover check if paper is not Remove the
of the front unit jammed in the paper running path. jammed paper. (4-2-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts

(4-1-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts Check the sensor Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the
levers of the paper levers have any abnormality or not. sensor with the
Check the sensor Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the entrance sensor 1, good sensor
levers of the paper levers have any abnormality or not. sensor with the that of the paper lever.
entrance sensor 1, good sensor entrance sensor 2
that of the paper lever. and that of the WR
entrance sensor 2 sensor.
and that of the WR
sensor. (4-2-3) Motor operation check

(4-1-3) Check condition of electrical parts Paper feed motor Confirm that the paper feed motor works Replace the PU
normally by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the board, or replace
Check the detection Confirm that the sensor signals are normally Replace either self-diagnostic mode. the paper feed
condition of the detected by using the Maintenance Menu the PU board motor.
sensor signal. SWITCH SCAN function. or the front
sensor board Paper feed motor Remove the HP_PSZCL connector of the PU Replace the PU
(RSF PCB) driver board and check the followings at the connector board.
or connection side.
cable. Several MΩ between pin-1 – FG
Several MΩ between pin-2 – FG
Check the output Check for the following signals at the FSNS Replace the Several MΩ between pin-3 – FG
signal levels of the connector of the PU board. front sensor Several MΩ between pin-4 – FG
paper entrance Pin-4: Paper entrance sensor 1 board (RSF
sensor 1, that of Pin-3: Paper entrance sensor 2 PCB)
the paper entrance Pin-2: WR sensor
sensor 2 and that of
the WR sensor. Confirm that the above signal levels change
when the sensor lever is operated.

Check the power Check the 5V power at the FSNS connector Replace the
voltages supplied of the front sensor board (RSF PCB). connection
to the front sensor Pin-1: 5V power supply cable.
board (RSF PCB) Pin-5: 0VL

45376001TH Rev.1 174 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Action to be taken 7.5.4. (5) Paper feed jam (error code E120: Multipurpose tray)
Check item Check work
at NG (5-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on. (Multipurpose tray)
(4-2-4) Check the system connection
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Paper feed motor Check the connection condition of the cable. Replace the
drive cable Check if the connector is connected in the half- cable with the (5-1-1) Check condition of the paper running path
way only or not, and check if the connector good cable
is inserted in a slanted angle or not. Check that normalizes
also that cables are assembled without any the connection Paper running path Check if paper is jammed or not in the paper Remove the
abnormality. condition. of the multipurpose running path. jammed paper.
tray
Paper feed motor Check that any cable is not pinched during Replace the
drive cable assembling of the printer. cable with the (5-1-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts
Remove the HP_PSZCL connector of the PU good cable
board and check the followings at the cable side. that normalizes Check the sensor Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the
the connection levers of the paper levers have any abnormality or not. sensor with the
Short circuit between pin-1 – FG
condition. entrance sensor 2 good sensor
Short circuit between pin-2 – FG
and the WR sensor. lever.
Short circuit between pin-3 – FG
Short circuit between pin-4 – FG
(5-1-3) Check condition of electrical parts
Paper feed motor Remove the HP_PSZCL connector of the Replace the
PU board and check that approx. 3.4Ω can be paper feed motor. Check the detection Confirm that the sensor signals are normally Replace either
measured between pin-1 -pin-2 at the cable end, condition of the detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of the PU board
and that approx. 5Ω can be measured between sensor signal. the self-diagnostic mode. or the front
pin-3 -pin-4 respectively. sensor board
(RSF PCB)
or connection
cable.

Check the sensor Check for the following signals at the FSNS Replace the
output signal level of connector of the PU board. front sensor
the paper entrance Pin-2: WR sensor board (RSF
sensor 2 and the Pin-3: Paper entrance sensor 2 PCB)
WR sensor.
Confirm that the above signal levels change
when the sensor lever is operated.

Check the power Check the 5V power at the CN connector of Replace the
voltages supplied the front sensor board (RSF PCB). connection
to the front sensor Pin-1: 5V power supply cable.
board (RSF PCB) Pin-5: 0VL

45376001TH Rev.1 175 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(5-2) Jam occurs immediately after paper feed is started. (Multipurpose tray) Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG (5-2-3) Motor operation check

(5-2-1) Check condition of the paper running path Paper feed motor Confirm that the paper feed motor works Replace the PU
normally by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the board, or replace
Paper running path Check if paper is jammed or not in the paper Remove the self-diagnostic mode. the paper feed
of the multipurpose running path. jammed paper. motor.
tray
Paper feed motor Remove the HP_PSZCL connector of the Replace the PU
Sheet Receive of the Confirm that the Sheet Receive has moved up Correct driver CU/PU board and check the followings at the board.
multipurpose tray normally. installation of connector side.
Confirm that the support spindle and spring of the above parts
Several MΩ between pin-1 – FG
the Sheet Receive have been installed in the so that the
Several MΩ between pin-2 – FG
specified positions normally. Sheet Receive
Several MΩ between pin-3 – FG
moves up to
Several MΩ between pin-4 – FG
the specified
position
normally. (5-2-4) Check the system connection

(5-2-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts Paper feed motor Check the connection condition of the cable. Replace the
drive cable Check if the connector is connected in the half- cable with the
way only or not, and check if the connector is good cable
Check the sensor Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the
inserted in a slanted angle or not. that normalizes
levers of the paper levers have any abnormality or not. sensor with the
Check also that cables are assembled without the connection
entrance sensor 2 good sensor
any abnormality. condition.
and the WR sensor. lever.
Paper feed motor Check that any cable is not pinched during Replace the
Planetary gear for Rotate the paper feed motor (FRONT MOTOR) Replace the
drive cable assembling of the printer. cable with the
paper feed control using the Motor & Clutch Test of the self- planetary gear
Remove the HP_PSZCL connector of the PU good cable
diagnostic mode, and confirm that both of the box
board and check the followings at the cable side. that normalizes
two planetary gears rotate at the bottom position.
Short circuit between pin-1 – FG the connection
(The planetary gear box can be located because
Short circuit between pin-2 – FG condition.
it is the white molded block that is located on the
right side when the front cover is opened.) Short circuit between pin-3 – FG
Short circuit between pin-4 – FG
Front cover Confirm that the locks in the right and left of the Replace the font
front cover are locked normally. cover assembly Paper feed motor Remove the HP_PSZCL connector of the Replace the
PU board and check that approx. 3.4Ω can be paper feed
Check the feed roller Check if any foreign materials such as paper Remove the measured between pin-1 -pin-2, and that approx. motor.
and the pickup roller. dust on the surface of the feed roller or of the foreign material. 5Ω can be measured between pin-3 -pin-4
pickup roller or not. respectively.

Check if the feed roller has worn out or not. Replace the feed
roller.

45376001TH Rev.1 176 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4. (6) Paper running jam (error code E010) (6-2) Jam occurs immediately after a paper is taken into printer.
(6-1) Jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on.
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG (6-2-1) Check condition of the paper running path

(6-1-1) Check condition of the running path. Paper running path Remove the ID unit and check if paper is jammed Remove the
on the belt. or not in the paper running path. jammed paper.
Paper running path Check if paper is jammed or not in the paper Remove the
of the front unit running path. jammed paper. (6-2-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts

(6-1-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts Check the sensor Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the
lever of the WR levers have any abnormality or not. sensor lever with
sensor. the good sensor
Check the sensor Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the
lever.
lever of the WR levers have any abnormality or not. sensor lever with
sensor. the good sensor (6-2-3) Motor operation check
lever.
Paper feed motor Confirm that the paper feed motor, belt motor Replace the PU
(6-1-3) Check condition of electrical parts driver, belt motor and ID motor work normally by using the Motor board, or replace
driver and ID motor & Clutch Test of the self-diagnostic mode. the defective
Check the detection Confirm that the sensor signals are normally Replace either Check if any load exists or not. motor among
condition of the detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of the PU board paper feed
sensor signal. the self-diagnostic mode. or the front motor, belt motor
sensor board and ID motor, or
(RSF PCB) replace the ID
or connection unit or belt unit.
cable. If any attempt
of using new ID
unit or new belt
Check the sensor Check for the following signals at the FSNS Replace the unit as a trial
lever of the WR connector of the PU board. front sensor is going to be
sensor. Pin-2: WR sensor board (RSF made, be sure to
PCB) use the System
Confirm that the above signal levels change Maintenance
when the sensor lever is operated. Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.
Check the power Check the 5V power at the CN connector of Replace the
voltages supplied the front sensor board (RSF PCB). connection Paper feed motor, Remove the BELT ID UP connector of the Replace either
to the front sensor Pin-1: 5V power supply cable. belt motor CU/PU board and check the followings at the paper feed
board (RSF PCB) connector side. motor, belt motor
Pin-5: 0VL
Several MΩ between pin-5 – FG or PU board.
Several MΩ between pin-6 – FG
Several MΩ between pin-7 – FG
Several MΩ between pin-8 – FG
Remove the HP_PSZCL connector of the
CU/PU board and check the followings at the
connector side.
Several MΩ between pin-1 – FG
Several MΩ between pin-2 – FG
Several MΩ between pin-3 – FG
Several MΩ between pin-4 – FG

45376001TH Rev.1 177 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Action to be taken (6-3) Jam occurs in the middle of paper running path.
Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
(6-2-4) Check the system connection at NG

Paper feed motor Check the connection condition of the cables. Normalize the (6-3-1) Motor operation check
drive cable, ID motor PU board HP_PSZCL connector , DC ID connection
drive cable, belt connector , DCHEAT connector , BELT ID condition. Paper feed motor Confirm that the paper feed motor, belt motor Replace the PU
motor drive cable, UP connector , RELAY connector . Replace the driver, belt motor and ID motor work normally by using the Motor board, or replace
ID Up motor drive Check if the connector is connected in the half- cable with the driver and ID motor & Clutch Test of the self-diagnostic mode. the defective
cable, fuser motor way only or not, and check if the connector is normal cable. Check if any load exists or not. motor among
drive cable inserted in a slanted angle or not. paper feed
Check also that cables are assembled without motor, belt motor
any abnormality. and ID motor, or
replace the ID
Paper feed motor Check that any cable is not pinched during Replace the unit or belt unit.
drive cable, ID motor assembling of the printer. cable with the If any attempt
drive cable, belt Remove the BELT ID UP connector of the good cable of using new ID
motor drive cable, ID CU/PU board and check the followings at the that normalizes unit or new belt
Up motor drive cable connector side. the connection unit as a trial
condition. is going to be
Short circuit between pin-1 – FG made, be sure to
Short circuit between pin-2 – FG use the System
Short circuit between pin-3 – FG Maintenance
Short circuit between pin-4 – FG Menu FUSE
Short circuit between pin-5 – FG KEEP MODE.
Short circuit between pin-6 – FG
Short circuit between pin-7 – FG
Paper feed motor, Remove the BELT ID UP connector of the Replace either
Short circuit between pin-8 – FG
belt motor CU/PU board and check the followings at the paper feed
Remove the HP_PSZCL connector of the CU/ connector side. motor, belt motor
PU board and check the followings at the cable or PU board.
Several MΩ between pin-5 – FG
side.
Several MΩ between pin-6 – FG
Short circuit between pin-1 – FG Several MΩ between pin-7 – FG
Short circuit between pin-2 – FG Several MΩ between pin-8 – FG
Short circuit between pin-3 – FG
Remove the HP_PSZCL connector of the
Short circuit between pin-4 – FG
CU/PU board and check the followings at the
connector side.
Paper feed motor, Remove the respective connectors from the Replace paper
belt motor, ID Up board, and confirm that the following resistance feed motor, belt Several MΩ between pin-1 – FG
motor exists between the corresponding pins, at the motor, ID Up Several MΩ between pin-2 – FG
cable side. motor. Several MΩ between pin-3 – FG
Several MΩ between pin-4 – FG
PU board HP_PSZCL connector
Between pin-1 - pin-2 Approx. 3.4Ω or approx. 5Ω.
Between pin-3 - pin-4 Approx. 3.4Ω or approx. 5Ω.
PU board BELT ID UP connector
Between pin-1 - pin-2 Approx. 6.1Ω or approx. 8.5Ω.
Between pin-3 - pin-4 Approx. 6.1Ω or approx. 8.5Ω.
Between pin-5 - pin-6 Approx. 3.4Ω or approx. 5Ω.
Between pin-7 - pin-8 Approx. 3.4Ω or approx. 5Ω.

45376001TH Rev.1 178 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(6-4) Jam occurs immediately after paper has reached the fuser. 7.5.4. (7) Paper unloading jam (error code E020)
(7-1) Paper unloading jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on.
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
(6-4-1) Motor operation check at NG

(7-1-1) Check condition of the paper running path

Fuser motor Confirm that the fuser motor works normally Replace the PU
by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the self- board.
diagnostic mode. Replace the fuser Paper running path of Check if paper is jammed or not in the paper Remove the
Check if any load exists or not. motor. the paper unloading running path. jammed paper.
Replace the fuser unit
unit.
If any attempt of (7-1-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts
using new fuser
unit as a trial Check the sensor Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the
is going to be lever of the paper exit levers have any abnormality or not. sensor lever with
made, be sure to sensor. the good sensor
use the System lever.
Maintenance
Menu FUSE (7-1-3) Check condition of electrical parts
KEEP MODE.
Check the detection Confirm that the sensor signals are normally Replace the
(6-4-2) Temperature control of the roller rotation speed condition of the detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of PU board or
sensor signal. the self-diagnostic mode. EXIT sensor or
Heat roller detected Check the detected temperature of the heat roller Replace fuser its cable or its
temperature using the self-diagnostic mode. Is abnormally unit, or relay connection cable.
high temperature or abnormally temperature board (IBY PCB)
detected? or the PU board. Check the output Check for the following signals at the RELAY Replace the EXIT
If any attempt of signal level of the connector of the CU/PU board. sensor.
using new fuser EXIT sensor. Pin-9: EXIT sensor
unit as a trial
is going to be Confirm that the above signal levels change when
made, be sure to the sensor lever is operated.
use the System
Maintenance Check the power Check the 5V power voltage at the EXIT Replace the
Menu FUSE voltages supplied to connector of the relay board. connection cable.
KEEP MODE. the relay board. Pin-1: 5V power supply
Pin-3: 0VL
(6-4-3) Check the installation condition of fuser unit

Fuser unit Check that the fuser unit is installed normally. Install the fuser
(Is it pushed in down to the bottom-most point?) unit correctly in
a printer.

45376001TH Rev.1 179 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Action to be taken Action to be taken

Check item Check work Check item Check work
at NG at NG

(7-1-4) Check the system connection (7-2-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts

Signal cable for relay Check that FFC is normally inserted at the Normalize the Sensor lever of the Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the
board, EXIT sensor RELAY connector of the PU board and at the connection paper exit sensor levers have any abnormality or not. sensor lever with
cable the good sensor
PU/CU IF connector . condition. lever.
Check that the relay board and the EXIT sensor
are normally connected.
(7-2-3) Motor operation check
Signal cable for relay Confirm that the cables are not pinched, sheathes Replace the
Fuser motor Confirm that the fuser motor works normally Replace the PU
board, EXIT sensor are not peeled off, and they are assembled connecting cable
by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the self- board or fuser
cable normally. and normalize
diagnostic mode. motor or fuser
the assembled
Check if any load exists or not. unit.
condition.
If any attempt of
using new fuser
unit as a trial
(7-2) Paper unloading jam occurs after a paper is taken into printer. is going to be
made, be sure to
Action to be taken use the System
Check item Check work Maintenance
at NG
Menu FUSE
(7-2-1) Check condition of the paper running path KEEP MODE.

Face Up Stacker Confirm that it is either fully opened or fully Eliminate any (7-2-4) Check the system connection
Cover closed in-between
condition of the Fuser motor drive Check the connection condition of the cables. Replace the
cover between cable PU board DCHEAT connector , Check if the cable with the
the fully open connector is connected in the half-way only or good cable
position and fully not, and check if the connector is inserted in a that normalizes
closed position. slanted angle or not. Check also that cables are the connection
assembled without any abnormality. condition.
Duplex pull-in gate Confirm that the Duplex pull-in gate works Replace the
normally by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the Duplex pull- Fuser motor Replace the
self-diagnostic mode. in gate or the fuser motor.
Is it set to the paper unloading side normally? Duplex solenoid

Rear panel Check that the installation condition of the rear Remove the rear
panel hampers smooth movement of a paper in panel and re-
the paper running path, or not. install it.

Paper running path Check that any mechanical load does not exist Correct the
of unloading unit that hampers the smooth movement of paper in portion that
the paper running path of the paper unloading becomes
unit, by the visual inspection. mechanical load.
Check if the paper unloading motor becomes
difficult to rotate or not.

45376001TH Rev.1 180 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(7-3) Paper unloading jam occurs in the middle of paper running path. 7.5.4. (8) Two-sided printing jam (error code: E580, E520, E110, E570)
(8-1) Two-sided printing jam occurs immediately after the power is turned on.
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
(7-3-1) Motor operation check at NG

(8-1-1) Check condition of the paper running path

Fuser motor Confirm that the fuser motor works normally Replace the PU
by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the self- board or fuser
diagnostic mode. motor or fuser Paper running path Check if paper is jammed or not in the paper Remove the
Check if any load exists or not. unit. of the Duplex unit running path. jammed paper.
If any attempt of Open the front cover and check if any paper
using new fuser remains in the Duplex feeder or not.
unit as a trial Open the rear cover and check if any paper
is going to be remains in the paper reversing path or not.
made, be sure to Remove the Duplex unit. Check if any paper
use the System exists in the Duplex insertion slot or not. Open
Maintenance the cover of the Duplex paper running path and
Menu FUSE check if any paper remains inside of the Duplex
KEEP MODE. unit.

(8-1-2) Check condition of the mechanical parts

Check the sensor Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the
levers of the levers have any abnormality or not. Duplexunit.
respective sensors
of the Duplex unit.

(8-1-3) Check condition of electrical parts

Check the detection Confirm that the sensor signals are normally Replace the
condition of the detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of Duplexunit.
sensor signal. the self-diagnostic mode.
For all sensors except the Dup-IN sensor, check
the detection condition of the respective sensor
in the two status: One is the status in which
paper remains inside the Duplex unit. The other
is the status in which paper is removed from the
Duplex unit.

45376001TH Rev.1 181 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(8-2) Two-sided printing jam occurs during taking in the paper into Duplex unit. Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG (8-2-4) Motor operation check

(8-2-1) Solenoid operation check Duplex motor Confirm that the Duplex solenoid works normally Replace the
by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the self- Duplexunit.
Duplex solenoid Confirm that the Duplex solenoid works normally Replace the diagnostic mode.
by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the self- Duplexunit. Open the rear cover and check rotation of the
diagnostic mode. roller.

Separator DUP Check visually movement of the gate by using Replace the Duplex pull-in/ Check if the pull-in/reversing roller of the Duplex Replace the
(Paper unloading/ the Motor & Clutch Test of the self-diagnostic Duplexunit. reversing roller and unit contacts or not with the pinch roller of the Duplexunit.
DUP paper taking- mode. (EXIT SOLENOID) its pinch roller cover side when the Duplex rear cover is closed.
in switching gate Check if movement is unsmooth or not, if amount (Does the pinch roller rotate when the roller is
located immediately of open/close is abnormal or not. rotating?)
after the fuser unit)

ON/OFF timing of While the cover is in the opened state, perform Replace the WR
the Duplex solenoid the test print and confirm if the timing to open sensor lever or (8-3) Two-sided printing jam occurs in the process of reversing paper.
the separator DUP is correct or not. solenoid.
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
(8-2-2) Sensor lever operation check at NG

Dup-IN sensor lever Open the rear cover. Touch the Dup-IN sensor Replace the (8-3-1) Sensor lever operation check
lever to check if its movement is unsmooth or Duplexunit.
not. Dup-IN sensor lever Open the rear cover. Touch the Dup-IN sensor Replace the
lever to check if its movement is unsmooth or Duplexunit.
DUP-IN sensor Confirm that the sensor signals are normally Replace the not.
detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of Duplexunit.
the self-diagnostic mode. DUP-IN sensor Confirm that the sensor signals are normally Replace the
detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of Duplexunit.
(8-2-3) Check condition of the paper running path the self-diagnostic mode.

Paper inverting Check that any foreign materials such as paper Remove the (8-3-2) Motor operation check
transport path chip or blue do not exist that hampers the foreign material.
smooth movement of paper in the paper inverting Duplex motor Check if the paper reversing operation is started Replace the
transport path. or not by visual inspection when viewing through Duplexunit.
slit of the rear cover.
If the paper reversing operation is not started,
check if movement of the planetary gear inside
the Duplex unit is unsmooth or not.

45376001TH Rev.1 182 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(8-4) Two-sided printing jam occurs during transporting paper inside the Duplex unit. 7.5.4. (9) Paper size error (error code E061, E062, E063, E064, E065)
(9-1) Jam occurs when paper end is located near the IN1 sensor.
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
(8-4-1) Sensor lever operation check at NG

(9-1-1) Check paper feed condition

Dup-R, Dup-F Remove the Duplex unit and check movement of Replace the
sensor lever the sensor lever. Duplexunit.
Multifeed of papers Open the front cover and check if multifeed of If the multifeed
papers occurs or not. occurs again
(8-4-2) Sensor check
after the
jammed paper
Check the detection Confirm that the sensor signals are normally Replace the is removed,
condition of the detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of Duplexunit. replace the flap
sensor signal the self-diagnostic mode. of the tray in
For all sensors except the Dup-IN sensor, check use.
the detection condition of the respective sensor
in the two status: One is the status in which
Paper size Does the paper size specified for print match the Change the
paper remains inside the Duplex unit. The other
paper size of paper stuck in the tray. specified paper
is the status in which paper is removed from the
size or size of
Duplex unit.
paper inside the
tray.

(8-5) Paper is not supplied from the Duplex unit to the regist roller. Paper entrance Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the
sensor 1 levers have any abnormality or not. sensor lever with
Action to be taken the good sensor
Check item Check work lever.
at NG

(8-5-1) Clutch operation check

Duplex clutch Confirm that the Duplex clutch works normally Replace the
by using the Motor & Clutch Test of the self- Duplexunit.
diagnostic mode. Confirm it by listening to the
sound.

45376001TH Rev.1 183 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4. (10) ID unit Up/Down error (Service call CE7A) Action to be taken
Check item Check work
(10-1) Error occurs during the Up movement of the ID unit at NG

(10-1-3) Sensor check

Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Up/Down sensor Check if shape and movement of the sensor Replace the left
(10-1-1) Check the mechanical load during the Up movement lever (unified levers have any abnormality or not. link lever.
structure with the left
link lever)
Mechanical load Check if abnormal heavy load is applied when IReplace the ID
during installation removing the ID unit. unit, or replace
and removal of the the right/left side Up/Down sensor Confirm that the sensor signals are normally Replace the high
ID unit plate. detected by using the SWITCH SCAN function of voltage board.
If any attempt the self-diagnostic mode.
of using new ID Check if the SCAN state changes or not when
unit as a trial the incoming light is interrupted/passed by using
is going to be a piece of paper or the like for the transparent
made, be sure to type sensor.
use the System
Maintenance
Menu FUSE (10-2) Error occurs during the Down movement of the ID unit
KEEP MODE.
Action to be taken
Greasing to the right Check if the slant surface of the link lever is Apply grease. Check item Check work
at NG
and left Up/Down coated by grease or not.
link levers
(10-2-1) Check the mechanical load during the Down movement
Assembled condition Check if any part exists or not in the vicinity of Assemble them
of the right and left link lever, that hampers movement of the link correctly. Mechanical load Check if abnormal heavy load is applied when Replace the ID
Up/Down link levers lever. during installation removing the ID unit. unit, or replace
and removal of the the right/left side
ID unit plate.
(10-1-2) Up/Down mechanism

Assembled condition Is the mechanism assembled so that the link Assemble them Greasing to the right Check if the slant surface of the link lever is Apply grease.
of the peripheral lever is connected to the planetary driving gear? correctly. and left Up/Down coated by grease or not.
mechanism of the link levers
link lever
Assembled condition Check if any part exists or not in the vicinity of Assemble them
Right and left link Check if the link lever is set in the correct Assemble them of the right and left link lever, that hampers movement of the link correctly.
levers position that enables the specified engagement correctly. Up/Down link levers lever.
of gears.
(Check if the link lever is set in the wrong
position that results in the wrong engagement of
gears by several teeth.)

45376001TH Rev.1 184 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4. (11) Fuser unit error (error C41A,C41B,C449,C446,C41C,C41D,C468,C466) Action to be taken

Check item Check work
(11-1) Error occurs immediately after the power is turned on. at NG

(11-2-2) Temperature increase of fuser unit

Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG Installation position Check if the upper thermistor is installed in the Replace the
of the upper far position from the specified position or not fuser unit.
(11-1-1) Thermistor is defective Note) thermistor causing detection of the lower temperature than If any attempt of
the actual temperature of fuser unit. using new fuser
Upper thermistor, Check the respective thermistors if they are Replace the Remove the heater cover, and check warpage of unit as a trial
lower thermistor, shorted or opened internally. fuser unit. sensor by visual inspection. is going to be
frame thermistor Check the resistance value at the connector pins If any attempt of made, be sure to
in the bottom of the fuser unit. using new fuser use the System
(Refer to section 8.1 Resistance check (fuser unit as a trial Maintenance
unit).) is going to be Menu FUSE
made, be sure to KEEP MODE.
use the System
Maintenance Installation position The lower thermister must be installed while Replace the
Menu FUSE of the lower contacting with the fuser unit. Check if the lower fuser unit.
KEEP MODE. thermistor thermister is installed in the far position from the If any attempt of
specified position or not causing detection of the using new fuser
Installed condition of Check if the fuser nit is pressed in until the Re-set the fuser lower temperature than the actual temperature of unit as a trial
fuser unit. connector in the bottom of the fuser unit is surely unit. fuser unit. is going to be
connected. made, be sure to
use the System
Note! Service calls C41B error and C41D error can occur when the printer Maintenance
Menu FUSE
temperature is below 0 . Turn on the power again after the printer temperature KEEP MODE.
has increased.
(11-2-3) AC power input to the halogen lamp

(11-2) Error occurs approx. 1 minute after the power is turned on. AC power voltage Check if the AC voltage for heater is normally Replace the low
from the low voltage supplied or not. voltage power
power supply Power supply CN2 connector , between pin-1 supply.
Action to be taken and pin-2, and between pin-3 and pin-4.
Check item Check work
at NG
Heater ON signal Check that the heater ON signal goes active at Replace the PU
(11-2-1) Temperature increase of fuser unit that is output from the warming up timing, or not. board.
Thermostat, halogen Heater of the fuser unit is controlled of its Replace the PU to the low voltage "L" active while ON.
lamp temperature. Check if the fuser unit gets hot or fuser unit. power supply Power connector of the PU board, between
not by touching it with hands. If any attempt of pin-14 and pin-16.
If the fuser unit temperature does not increase using new fuser
and remains cold, check that the resistance unit as a trial
between pin-1 and pin-6 of connector A, and that is going to be
in between pin-1 and pin-6 of connector B of the made, be sure to
two connectors is in the range of several ohms to use the System
several ten ohms respectively. (Refer to section Maintenance
8.1 Resistance value (fuser unit).) Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.

45376001TH Rev.1 185 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4. (12) Motor fan error (error code C0A2, C0A1, C0A5, C0A6) (12-3) All fans of the printer do not rotate.
(12-1) The low voltage power supply fan does not rotate immediately after the power is turned on.
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG (12-3-1) 24V power supply
(12-1-1) Cable connection condition and wiring condition PU board fuses Check if the fuse F5 and F8 are not open-circuit Replace the PU
or not. board.
Cable connection Check if the connectors are connected normally Correct the
condition and wiring or not. connection 24V power that is Check the power supply voltages at the POWER Replace the low
condition of the Check if extra length of the cables does not condition of supplied to the PU connector of the PU board. The follow voltage voltage power
low voltage power touch the fan blade or not. the connectors. board. must appear respectively. supply.
supply fan and those Correct the
PU ⑦
of the fuser fan cable wiring
route. Replace Pin 1,2,3,4:24V
the fan. Pin 5,6,7,8:0VP

(12-2) Duplex fan does not rotate during the Duplex printing.

Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG

(12-1-2) Cable connection condition and wiring condition

Cable connection Check if the connectors are connected normally Correct the
condition and wiring or not. connection
condition of the Check if extra length of the cables does not condition of
Duplex fan touch the fan blade or not. the connectors.
Correct the
cable wiring
route. Replace
the Duplexunit.

24V fuse F501 of the Check if the fuse F501 has blown out or not. Replace the
Duplex board (GOH- Duplexunit.
10 PCB)

24V power supplied Check if the fuse F1 and F4 of the PU board has Replace the
to the Duplex board blown out or not. PU board.
(GOH-10 PCB).

45376001TH Rev.1 186 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4. (13) Print speed is slow. (Performance is low.) 7.5.4. (14) Option unit cannot be recognized.
(13-1) Print speed decreases. (14-1) Duplex unit cannot be recognized.

Action to be taken Action to be taken

Check item Check work Check item Check work
at NG at NG

(13-1-2) Media Weight setting (14-1-1) Duplex board

Media Weight that is Check if the wrong Media Weight has been Correct the Duplex unit Check if the Duplex unit of MC7xx specification Replace the
specified for the print specified or not. Media Weight. is being used or not. Duplex unit.

(14-1-2) Check the system connection

Check the system Check that the cable between the PU board Correct the
connection from option connector to the Duplex board is connections.
the PU board to the normally connected.
Duplex board (GOH-
10 PCB).

Square connector Check if any foreign material exists in the Remove the
connecting the connecting portion of the square connector. foreign material.
Duplex unit to the
printer.

Square connector Is the terminals of the square connector Replace the

connecting the damaged? connector.
Duplex unit to the
printer.

(14-1-3) Check the control signals.

Check the control Check the control signal that is output from the Replace the PU
signal that is output PU board option connector . board.
from the PU board Pin-6: TXD (PU DUP)
to the Duplex board Pin-4: RXD (DUP PU)
(GOH-10 PCB).

(14-2) Option try unit cannot be recognized.

Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG

(14-2-1) Option try board

Option try unit Check if the option try unit of MC7xx specification Replace the
is being used or not. option tray unit.

45376001TH Rev.1 187 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Action to be taken 7.5.4. (15) LED head cannot be recognized. (error code CE82, CE83, CE84, CE85)
Check item Check work
at NG (15-1) Service call CE82 to CE85 (LED HEAD Missing)
(14-2-2) Check the system connection
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Check the system Check that the cable between the PU board Correct the
connection from option connector to the option tray board is connections. (15-1-1) Check the system connection
the PU board to the normally connected.
option tray board
(GOH-11 PCB). Connecting condition Check the connecting condition of the FFC by Correct the
at the PU board the visual inspection. connection
Square connector Check if any foreign material exists in the Remove the connector and at the to the normal
connecting the connecting portion of the square connector. foreign material. head connector. connecting
option tray unit to condition.
the printer.
Head FFC Remove the head FFC from the printer. Check Replace the
Square connector Is the terminals of the square connector Replace the if any open-circuit or peeling-off of sheath has head FFC or the
connecting the damaged? connector. occurred or not throughout the cable. PU board.
option tray unit to
the printer. Conduction of the Check that 5V appears across the capacitor Replace the PU
fuse on the PU CP8. (Refer to section 7.6.) board.
(14-2-3) Check the control signals. board. Check if the fuses F8 and F9 are not open-circuit
or not.
Check the control Check the control signal that is output from the Replace the PU
signal that is output PU board option connector . board.
from the PU board to Pin-5: TXD (PU 2nd)
the option tray board
(GOH-11 PCB). Pin-3: RXD (2nd PU)

45376001TH Rev.1 188 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4. (16) Toner cartridge cannot be recognized. (error code C3B3,C3A3,C393,C383) Note! Toner sensor operation check method using the SWITCH SCAN function of
(16-1) Error caused by the consumable items. the self-diagnostic mode.
(1) How to check operation of the toner sensor at the printer side.
Action to be taken
Check item Check work 1. Status change of the toner sensor can be checked from the Operator
at NG
Panel using the self-diagnostic mode. First, switch the display to the
(16-1-1) Consumable items installation condition Operator Panel display. For the method of switching the display to the
Operator Panel display, refer to section 5.3.2.3 Switch Scan Test
ID unit and toner Check that the ID unit is installed in the normal Correct the 2. Remove the ID unit and the toner cartridge (TC) from a printer. There is
cartridge position. Check that the lock lever of the toner installation to a window inside a printer opposing the ID side when viewed from the
cartridge is locked. the normal front of a printer. The toner sensor is located inside the window.
installation
condition. 3. Place a white paper 3 mm away from the sensor window. The white
paper should be placed in the manner of opposing the toner sensor.
4. When light is reflected by a white paper so that incident light falls on the
(16-2) Error caused by the toner sensor toner sensor, the Operator Panel display shows "L". When the paper is
moved so that any light is not reflected by the paper so that the incident
Action to be taken light does not reach the toner sensor, "H" is displayed on the Operator
Check item Check work Panel.
at NG
5. If the Operator Panel display toggles between "H" <-> "L" as a paper is
(16-2-1) Toner sensor condition flipped in front of the toner sensor, it indicates that the toner sensor and
the related system of the printer are working normally.
Toner sensor Is the receptor of the toner sensor stained? Wipe off the
stain from the Action to be taken at NG
toner sensor. •฀ Clean฀surface฀of฀the฀toner฀sensor฀to฀remove฀the฀stains฀due฀to฀residual฀
toner and paper dust.
Toner sensor Confirm that the toner sensor works normally by Replace the
using the SWITCH SCAN function of the self- toner sensor •฀ Check฀ the฀ connection฀ condition฀ of฀ the฀ FFC฀ cable฀ at฀ the฀ PU฀ main฀
diagnostic mode. board, or the PU board (PU) and at the toner sensor board (PRZ).
Place a white paper in front of the toner sensor, board, or the •฀ Perform฀the฀operation฀check฀again.฀If฀the฀situation฀is฀not฀improved฀and฀
and check if the SCAN state changes or not. FFC between remains unchanged, replace the PU main board (PU) or the toner
the toner sensor sensor board (PRZ).
board and the
PU board. (2) How to check operation of the toner sensor at the toner cartridge (TC) side
1. To the position where the toner sensor is confirmed to be operating
normally in the printer itself by the above paragraph (1), install the TC
and the ID unit to check operations by observing display on the Operator
Panel.
2. If the ID unit works normally, the display on the Operator Panel will
toggle between "H" <-> "L" in synchronism with movement of the silver
reflector plate that is located on the side of the ID.
Action to be taken at NG
•฀฀Check฀ operation฀ condition฀ of฀ the฀ respective฀ ID฀ motors฀ by฀ using฀ the฀
Motor & Clutch Test of the self-diagnostic mode.
•฀฀Clean฀surface฀of฀the฀silver฀relector฀plate฀on฀the฀side฀of฀ID฀to฀remove฀
stains. (Stain due to toner or paper dust)
•฀฀Replace฀the฀TC฀of฀different฀color฀and฀the฀ID฀unit฀as฀a฀pair.฀
If a satisfactory operation is attained by using the a pair of TC of
different color and the ID unit, replace the TC or replace the ID unit.

45376001TH Rev.1 189 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(16-3) Error caused by the defective mechanism 7.5.4. (17) Fuse cut error (error codes C3EA,C3EB,C3EC,C3ED,,C3E2,C4C0)
(17-1) Fuse cut error
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
(16-3-1) Mechanical load applied to the ID unit at NG

(17-1-1) Check the system connection

ID unit Check if a heavy mechanical load is being Replace the ID
applied to the ID unit due to breakage of the unit.
waster toner belt, or not. If any attempt FFC connecting the Check if the connector is connected in the half- Connect the
of using new ID PU board and the way only or not, and is inserted in a slanted angle FFC normally.
unit as a trial toner sensor board or not at the SSNS connector of the PU board, Alternately,
is going to be (PRZ PCB) and at the SSNS connector of the toner sensor replace the FFC.
made, be sure to board (PRZ PCB).
use the System Check if FFC has open-circuit of sheath of the
Maintenance FFC has not peeled off or not.
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE. (17-1-2) Fuse cut circuit

(16-3-2) Motor operating condition PU board Upon completion of the system connection check, Replace the PU
turn off the power once and back on. The, check board.
ID motor Confirm that the respective ID motors work Replace the PU if the error occurs or not.
normally or not by using the Motor & Clutch Test board or the ID
of the self-diagnostic mode. motor.
Check if any extra load exists or not.

45376001TH Rev.1 190 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4. (18) Humidity sensor error (error code CE51) Action to be taken
Check item Check work
(18-1) Humidity sensor error at NG

(18-1-2) Environment condition

Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Sharp change Is the environment condition changed sharply Leave a printer
(18-1-1) Check the system connection of environment from a low temperature environment to a high for around one
condition environment condition within a short time? hour in the new
(Example is such a case that a printer is moved environment
Connection between Check if the 6-conductor FFC is connected to Re-connect the
from storage condition of a cold area in winter to to get used
the PU board and the ENV connector of the PU board normally cable normally.
an office environment.) to the new
Environment sensor or not.
environment.
Board MFH Check if the 6-conductor FFC is connected to
After that, turn
the CN connector of the Board MFH normally
on the power
or not.
again.
Check if the connector is connected in the half-
Before turn
way only or not, and check if the connector is
on the power,
inserted in a slanted angle or not.
touch the metal
panel of the
FFC connecting Check for open-circuit with VOM. Replace the FFC controller panel
the PU board and Check that peeling off of sheath does not occur with the normal and the metal
the Operator Panel in any cables by visual inspection. FFC. plate inside a
board printer to feel
temperature
increase
inside a printer
with human
hands. After
confirmation
that the printer
temperature has
increased close
to the room
temperature,
turn on the
power again.

45376001TH Rev.1 191 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.4. (19) Wiring diagram

Scan sensor

Regist sensor IN Cover open

sensor sensor
Front
sensor
Bottom
sensor
Duplex unit
HOP sensor Printer main unit
Reverse sensor
Clutch
Cover Open sensor ADF Relay
Paper Set sensor PCB solenoid

M
Unit-CIS

CL1
Clutch SNS03 SNS12 SNS4 DUPLEX clutch
ADF
Separator

MAIN1

CL2
Board-GOH-10 solenoid

FB Home Position sensor

MOTOR
DUPLEX

FAN
FB motor
Motor
DUPLEX
FAN

2nd
Hopping paper end 2nd IN
sensor sensor sensor
2nd paper
size switch
2nd Tray
KYMC Printer main unit (3rd Tray/4th Tray)
ID
FAN
RFID PCB
LED HEAD
SU PCB
Stacker full sensor

Option

CL1
Finisher Unit SNS03 SNS12 PSZ Feed clutch

Option

MAIN1
MAIN2

CL2
TEL Hopping clutch
Stapler Option
FAX
Board-GOH-11
Speaker

MOTOR
Stapler Cover SW Feed
FAX LINE
⑭
COIN transport
Environment sensor Controller
PCB PCB HAND motor
SET

①
HOST
CM_ID USB
Motor (Front)
Low-voltage

①
FAN LCD

⑯ ⑧
YK_ID
Motor
PU PCB OPE

⑮
FAX Control PCB
Toner sensor
PCB 3rd TRAY

Front sensor PCB ⑱ ⑬ ③ M

HEAT
(WR,IN1,IN2)

1st P.E sensor ⑫

⑳ ⑳
HOP sensor

⑪
LAN
Hopping

⑳
clutch
CU PCB HOST

⑨
USB

②⑩ ⑥ ⑤ ⑦ ⑦
MPT DIMM
clutch WLAN USB

⑳
Regist
clutch
HDD WLAN
Antenna
Paper size SW Fuser
M M
M BELT ID UP
HOP Relay PCB
Low-voltage PCB

⑲
Duplex unit

Rear Cover
2nd Tray unit SW
High-voltage PCB Fuser
3rd Tray unit FAN AC
Inter Lock SW
4th Tray unit

45376001TH Rev.1 192 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.5 Troubleshooting the abnormal images

(1) Color has faded-out and blurred entirely. (Refer to Figure 7-2A.) .......................194
(1-1) Color are faded-out and blurred. ..............................................................194
(2) Stain on white print (Refer to Figure 7-2B.) ........................................................195
(2-1) Stain on white print (Partial stain) .............................................................195
(2-2) Stain on white print (overall stain) .............................................................195
(3) White print (Refer to Figure 7-2C.) ......................................................................196
(3-1) White print over entire page ......................................................................196
(4) Black banding/black streaking in vertical direction ..............................................197
(4-1) Thin vertical line (with color) (Refer to Figure 7-2D.) ................................197 A Overall faded-out B Stain on white print C Entirely white
Blurred
(4-2) Thin vertical line (without color) (Refer to Figure 7-2F.) ..........................197
(5) Cyclic abnormality (Refer to Figure 7-2E.) .........................................................197
(5-1) Cyclic abnormality occurs in vertical direction .........................................197
(6) Heavy color registration error ..............................................................................198
(6-1) Display of the message "Color adjustment is in progress" appears
only short time. .........................................................................................198
(6-2) Though REG ADJUST TEST of engine maintenance function is ok,
color blur occurs .......................................................................................198
(7) Entirely black print ...............................................................................................198
(7-1) All black print over entire page..................................................................198 D Black banding/ E Cyclic abnormality F White banding/
black streaking white streaking
in vertical direction in vertical direction
Note! When an attempt is going to be made to replace the PU board, read data
contents of the EEPROM chip from the old PU board beforehand, and copy
the data contents into the new board after the new PU board is installed. Figure 7-2

45376001TH Rev.1 193 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.5.(1) Color has faded-out and blurred entirely. (Refer to Figure 7-2A.) Action to be taken
Check item Check work
(1-1) Color are faded-out and blurred. at NG

(1-1-5) ID unit installation condition

Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
ID unit DOWN Move the ID unit in and out with hand to confirm Check the
(1-1-1) Toner position (Defective that any abnormal mechanical load does not U-shaped
transfer) exist, and the ID unit can be moved down to the groove of the
DOWN position normally. If a piece of paper is side plate for
Remaining amount Check if the message "Prepare toner Replace toner
inserted in between drum and belt, if top end of any abnormality.
of toner replacement." or "Replace the toner." appears or cartridge with
the paper can enter easily, it is NG (No Good). If repair is found
not. new one.
impossible,
replace the
Tape attached to Check to see that the tape attached to the toner Move the toner equipment.
the toner cartridge cartridge opening slot has been peeled off. cartridge lever to
opening slot CLOSE position
and remove tape
from opening slot.

(1-1-2) LED head

Lens of the LED Check if surface of the lens of the LED head is Clean the lens
head stained or not by toner and paper dust. with soft tissue
paper.

Mounting condition Check that the LED head is mounted on the LED Correct for
of LED head head holder correctly. Check that the right and normal condition.
left tension springs are normally installed.

(1-1-3) Print media

Media type Check to see that the print media which is used Use the normal
for printing is not a specially thick media paper.

(1-1-4) High voltage terminal

ID unit terminal ICheck that the high voltage terminal of the ID IReplace the ID
unit is contacting with the Contact Assembly unit or correct
normally by visual inspection. (Refer to Figure the high voltage
7-3.) terminal.
If any attempt
of using new ID
unit as a trial
is going to be
made, be sure to
use the System
Maintenance
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.

45376001TH Rev.1 194 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.5.(2) Stain on white print (Refer to Figure 7-2B.) (2-2) Stain on white print (overall stain)
(2-1) Stain on white print (Partial stain)
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG (2-2-1) Print media
(2-1-1) ID unit
Type of print media Check to see that the print media which is used Use the normal
for printing is not a specially thin media. paper.
Exposure of drum to Is the drum left in a circumstance in which drum Replace the ID
light surface is exposed to direct light for a long time? unit. (2-2-2) High voltage terminal
If any attempt
of using new ID ID unit terminal Check that the high voltage terminal of the ID Replace the ID
unit as a trial unit is contacting with the Contact Assembly unit or correct
is going to be normally by visual inspection. (Refer to Figure the high voltage
made, be sure to 7-3.) terminal.
use the System If any attempt
Maintenance of using new ID
Menu FUSE unit as a trial
KEEP MODE. is going to be
made, be sure to
Leakage of toner Does toner leak out from either ID unit or from Replace the ID use the System
toner cartridge? unit or toner Maintenance
cartridge. Menu FUSE
If any attempt KEEP MODE.
of using new ID
unit as a trial
is going to be
made, be sure to
use the System
Maintenance
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.

(2-1-2) Fuser unit

Offset toner of the Check if the offset toner of the previous printing Repeat blind
fuser unit is left adhered on the fuser unit or not, by visual printing using
inspection. unwanted media
until offset toner
is created on print
media. Alternately
replace the
fuser unit. If any
attempt of using
new fuser unit as
a trial is going to
be made, be sure
to use the System
Maintenance
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.

45376001TH Rev.1 195 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.5.(3) White print (Refer to Figure 7-2C.) Action to be taken

Check item Check work
(3-1) White print over entire page at NG

(3-1-3) High voltage terminal

Action to be taken
Check item Check work
at NG
ID unit terminal Check that the high voltage terminal of the ID Replace the ID
(3-1-1) Toner condition unit is contacting with the Contact Assembly unit or correct
normally by visual inspection. (Refer to Figure the high voltage
7-3.) terminal.
Remaining amount Confirm that sufficient amount of toner remains Replace the
If any attempt
of toner inside the toner cartridge. toner cartridge.
of using new ID
unit as a trial
(3-1-2) Exposure condition to light is going to be
made, be sure to
LED head Confirm that the LED head is positioned in the Correct the use the System
normal position where the LED head opposes installation Maintenance
again the drum when the cover is closed. Check condition of the Menu FUSE
that no obstacle exists in front of the LED head, LED head. KEEP MODE.
that hampers light emission from the illuminating
surface of the LED head.

Connecting condition Check that the LED head is normally connected. Replace the
of the LED head LED head.

Drum shaft Check that the drum shaft keeps contacting with Replace the ID
the right and left side plates normally. unit.
If any attempt
of using new ID
unit as a trial
is going to be
made, be sure to
use the System
Maintenance
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.

F8,F9 fuse on the Measure resistance of F8,F9. Replace the PU

PU board 1 ohm or less: Normal board
Higher than 1 ohm: NG

45376001TH Rev.1 196 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.5.(4) Black banding/black streaking in vertical direction 7.5.5.(5) Cyclic abnormality (Refer to Figure 7-2E.)
(4-1) Thin vertical line (with color) (Refer to Figure 7-2D.) (5-1) Cyclic abnormality occurs in vertical direction

Action to be taken Action to be taken

Check item Check work Check item Check work
at NG at NG

(4-1-1) ID unit condition (5-1-1) Cycle

Filming of the ID unit Is print attempted without toner? Replace toner Image drum Check that the cycle is 94.3 mm. Replace the ID
cartridge with unit
new one. If
replacement Developing roller Check that the cycle is 39.7 mm. Replace the ID
does not solve unit
the problem,
replace the Toner feed roller Check that the cycle is 58.4 mm. Replace the ID
ID unit. If any unit
attempt of using
new ID unit as Charge roller Check that the cycle is 37.7 mm. Replace the ID
a trial is going unit
to be made,
be sure to use
Roller on top of fuser Check that the cycle is 90.5mm. Replace the
the System
fuser unit.
Maintenance
Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE. Fuser belt Check that the cycle is 96.3 mm. Replace the
fuser unit.

Transfer roller Check that the cycle is 50.3 mm. Replace the belt
(4-2) Thin vertical line (without color) (Refer to Figure 7-2F.) unit.

Action to be taken If any attempt

Check item Check work
at NG of using new
consumable
(4-2-1) LED head condition item as a trial
is going to be
LED head Is any foreign material attached on the light Remove the made, be sure to
emitting surface of the cell fox lens of the LED foreign material. use the System
head? Maintenance
Menu FUSE
(4-2-2) Condition of paper running path KEEP MODE.

Paper running path Check that any burr that may scatter the un- Remove the
fused toner on the paper running path does not burr.
exist.

45376001TH Rev.1 197 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.5.5.(6) Heavy color registration error 7.5.5.(7) Entirely black print

(6-1) Display of the message "Color adjustment is in progress" appears only short time. (7-1) All black print over entire page

Action to be taken Action to be taken

Check item Check work Check item Check work
at NG at NG

(6-1-1) Result of color registration error correction (7-1-1) High voltage contacting condition

Color registration Use the self-diagnostic mode and execute the Replace the CH terminal Check that the terminal coming from the printer Replace the
error correction REG ADJUST TEST. Check the result. Error sensor that body contacts with the high voltage terminal that terminal of
time (If a printer is is issued but is not displayed on the ON LINE causes the error. is located on the left side of the ID unit when printer side.
normal, it is approx. display. Clean the sensor viewed from the top by visual inspection.
40 seconds.) to remove stain.
Replace the CH terminal Check that the high voltage terminal keeps the Correct the
shutter. Replace normal contacting condition on the high voltage installation
the PU board. board. Open the left cover and remove the high condition of
voltage board. Then, check that the terminal the terminal
(6-1-2) Toner is not installed in the abnormal installation to the normal
condition. condition.
Remaining amount Check if the message "Prepare toner Replace toner
of toner replacement." or "Replace the toner." appears or cartridge with ID unit terminal Check that the high voltage terminal of the ID Replace the ID
not. new one. unit is contacting with the Contact Assembly unit or replace
normally by visual inspection. (Refer to Figure the high voltage
(6-1-3) Color registration error detection sensor 7-3.) board or correct
the high voltage
Sensor is dirty Is toner or paper dust attached to the sensor? Clean the sensor terminal.
to remove stain If any attempt
of using new ID
unit as a trial
(6-1-4) Color registration error detection sensor shutter
is going to be
made, be sure to
Shutter operation is Check the shutter operation by the self- Replace the use the System
faulty diagnostic mode shutter or tune Maintenance
the mechanism Menu FUSE
KEEP MODE.

(6-2) Though REG ADJUST TEST of engine maintenance function is ok, color blur occurs (7-1-2) High voltage output condition

Action to be taken CH output If high voltage probe is available as a Replace the high
Check item Check work
at NG maintenance tool, open the left cover, and check voltage board.
the CH output with the high voltage probe from
(6-2-1) Paper feed system the soldering side of the high voltage board.
(The high voltage probe is not an ordinary
Paper feed system Check if any obstacle exists in the paper feeding Remove the maintenance tool.)
of the paper running path, that hampers smooth paper run. obstacle
path

45376001TH Rev.1 198 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Charge roller

Ground

Developer roller

Toner feed roller

Figure 7-3

45376001TH Rev.1 199 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.6 Fuse check

If the following error is issued, check the corresponding fuse of the PU/SU control board
and high voltage power supply board.
(Refer to Table 7-6.)
Table 7-6 Fuse error

Error Description
Fuse
Name Insert Point Resistance
When booting After boot up

F1 No error. Scanner,copy,printer not Duplex,2nd/3rd/4th tray

LCD displays work +24V
warimng Up.

F2 It repeats boot start ↑ 3.3V DC power

F4 It remains the boot ↑ Duplex,2nd/3rd tray

screen +5V

F5 S/C:C0A2 ↑ Interlock,low power

supply, Fuser fan
PU
F6 No error, Boot ↑ Hopping clutch,pulse
board normaly motor

F7 S/C:C05A ↑ clutch,ID FAN,+24V

F8 S/C:CE82 ↑ LED Head +3.3V

Less than
F9 No error Scanner works normally. LED Head +5V 1Ω
printer:miss-print(white
paper)

F10 No error Scanner ,copy,printer Stapler +24V

works normally

F1 No error ADF not work, Flatbed ADF motor +24V

scanner works normally

F2 Attention lamp Scanner,copy,printer not Flatbed

turns on. work motor,Clutch,solenoid
SU 3 beeps sound.
board Booting looks
normally, but it does
not work.

F3 It remains the boot ↑ SU Controller

screen.

45376001TH Rev.1 200 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 7. Troubleshooting and repair procedure
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

7.7 Paper cassette switches versus Paper size correspondence table

Dial display size Bit No.

TRAY1~4 1 2 3 4
Cassette: none H H H H

Legal 14" H L H L

Legal 13.5" H L H H

Legal 13" L L L H

Letter L L L L

Executive L L H L

Blank L L L L

Folio H H L L

A4 L H L L

B5 L H H L

A5 H H H L

Not used L L H H

Not used L H L H

Not used H H L H

Not used H L L H

Not used L H H H

Not used H L L L

* When switch is pressed: Low

45376001TH Rev.1 201 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

8. Connection diagrams
8.1 Resistance value check .............................................................203
8.2 Parts location .............................................................................207

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 8. Connection diagrams
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

8.1 Resistance value check

Unit Electrical circuit diagram, connection Part outside view Resistance value

M
Transport belt 2 Between pin-1 and pin-2: 3.4Ω
motor Between pin-3 and pin-4: 3.4Ω
3

ID motor Across both ends of IP2 and IP3: 1Ω or less

45376001TH Rev.1 203 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 8. Connection diagrams
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Unit Electrical circuit diagram, connection Part outside view Resistance value

M
2 Between pin-1 and pin-2: 6.1Ω
ID up/down motor
Between pin-3 and pin-4: 6.1Ω
3

Fuser unit motor Across both ends of IP1 and IP2: 1Ω or less

IP2 IP1

45376001TH Rev.1 204 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 8. Connection diagrams
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Unit Electrical circuit diagram, connection Part outside view Resistance value

M
2 Between pin-1 and pin-2: 3.4Ω
Feed motor
Between pin-3 and pin-4: 3.4Ω
3

M
Both-sided print 2 Between pin-1 and pin-2: 3.2Ω
motor Between pin-3 and pin-4: 3.2Ω
3

M
2nd / 3rd tray 2 Between pin-1 and pin-2: 3.4Ω
feed motor Between pin-3 and pin-4: 3.4Ω
3

45376001TH Rev.1 205 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 8. Connection diagrams
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

Unit Electrical circuit diagram, connection Part outside view Resistance value

Upper roller heater #1

B -6 Between pins -1 and -6: Several ohms to several ten ohms
Between pins -1 and -6: Several ohms to several ten ohms
Upper roller heater #2 Between pins -4 and -5: Approx. 590kΩ to 5338kΩ (0 to 93°C)
A -6 Between pins -2 and -3: Approx. 104.5kΩ to 806.5kΩ (0 to 43°C)
Thermostat Between pins -2 and -3: Approx. 104.5kΩ to 806.5kΩ (0 to 43°C)
B -1 Between pins -4 and -5: Open

A -1

Upper thermistor
B -4

B -5
Fuser unit
Lower thermistor
A -2

A -3

Frame thermistor
B -2 A 2345 B 2345

B -3

A -4 1 6 1 6

A -5
Fuse

45376001TH Rev.1 206 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 8. Connection diagrams
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

8.2 Parts location

(1) CU PCB

Component side Soldering side

45376001TH Rev.1 207 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 8. Connection diagrams
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(2) PU PCB

Component side Soldering side

7PU 3 FIN DCIDR IDFAN

44973399 3 9 1 1 9 3 1
C118
CP9
HEAD0K 24
3 1
C111

5 1
C110

R239
C121
1

1 5
R232

1
ENV

HEAD1Y 24
R261
R260

CP10
C104
C105

R231
6



R224

RM36 
R204
1

Board-7PU
R225

R731
1
IC21
HEAD2M 24
R210
OPE

R208
R209

10

RM34 RM35

R721

R719
R722
Q34 D13 IC20
11

R19 
RM30 RM31 RM32 RM33 1
DEBG

R718
HEAD3C 24
R197
DCID

R711
R712

R708
Q32 D12 RM25
Q30 
R706
R182
R238

1
1
1

IC19

IC17

IC18 F9
9
SSNS

R173
R174

F8 RM526
D11 RM20
R171

RM524
R170
R167
R168
R169

R172

A K AA AP
11

CP8
Z3 RM18

R759
34
R166

RM16 34 R762


Z4

R663
IC16 R658
R655 
451674 
 R650 R649
Z1

R646
Z2

 
IC15

CP7

R162 R164
R645

20 20
34

RM13 R636


R634

F7

R639
R638
R637
R756

C65 CE1ZA2
1

R619

R618
C63 Q508 Q507
FSNS

C55
C50 10 10
5

D7
HP_PSZCL

1 1
Q23
1

A CE1 AP

R600
R599
R598
RM517
PE_HOP

1
Q22

R597

 R589
13

 
6

R584
R583
R582
 
R588
R587
R586
R585
34
21


CL1

R571

R570
RM502 RM503 RM504
1


R578
R579

!
BELTIDUP


A R

R573
R572
9 9 Q504
R565
1
2

 
8

1
1

1

R538

R537
13 1 A R RM501

R563



R544
R539


 
R755
R754

R753
R752

6 20  )*
( 
&'  

R531

R522
R523
R526

R524
R769

R525
R527
OPTION

1 10 R549  
 
R510

R508

R553 R532

R509
 

R766
Q509

%$ #$ Q510  R520 R519

"# "#
R507
R757

20 R767
R518
R517
R516

R514
R512
1

R501
R505
R768
R503
R502

Q503 Q502
1 19 1
24
23

9
3

20
1
2
19
20
2 44 3 3 Q501

45376001TH Rev.1 208 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 8. Connection diagrams
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(3) Rellay PCB

Component side

C1
PUIF

1
24

EXIT
3

C2
J1

FUSER
8 1

S1
RCR DENS
4 4
1 1
1 Rellay PCB　IBY LCR
5 CP1 44559899

Soldering side

BFUSE BFUCUT

45376001TH Rev.1 209 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 8. Connection diagrams
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(4) Duplex Print Control PCB

Component side Soldering side

FG
JP19
MAIN1
D514
1 12 D513
JP3

D512
JP2

C540 D511
JP23 R602 C541
R501
6

R601
SNS03

C520 ZA1
JP16
R600
JP28

JP24 C519

IC502
1

JP20 R599

R502 C537
JP29

JP4
7

JP25
CP1

R836 C518
R835
SNS12

R546
R832
TR501

JP12 JP26
1

49

48
R504
1

R505
JP32
JP15
CL2

C502
3

R801
64

33
GOH
44605899

Q501

IC
50
R838

3
JP30

C535
1
JP21

32
R527 C534
C533
JP7

R518
R837 C532
16

17
3

JP31
3

JP18

D516
JP10 R581
44605899

C531 R594
FET501

R802 C530
JP9
R507 R580
R579
Board-GOH

JP11
3 3

R578
JP8
JP13

R575
C528
C527
C529 R593
JP5 JP17
D1

R545 C524 TR502 R577

R543
Q504
R825
CP2

R830
R576
R542
C523
1 3 12 F501 C513 R535 R544 R547
4 1
FAN CL1
MOTOR
JP14

45376001TH Rev.1 210 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 8. Connection diagrams
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(5) Second Tray Control PCB

Component side Soldering side

FG
JP19
MAIN1
D514
1 12 D513
JP3

D512
MAIN2
JP2

C540 D511
JP23
R602 C541
1 13 R501
6

R601
SNS03

JP16 C520 ZA1

JP28

R600
JP24 C519

IC502
1

JP20 R599

C537
JP29

JP4
7
CP1

C518
R835
SNS12

R546
R832

JP12 JP26
1

49

48
1

JP32
JP15
CL2

C502
R591
3

R801
GOH
44605899

64

33
R590
R585
5

IC
R584

50
R838
JP30
PSZ

3
R506 C535
JP21

32
R527 C534
1

C533
JP7

R518
C532
R583
R582
3

16

17
R589
JP31

R588
3

JP18

D516
JP10 R581
44605899

C531 R594
FET501

R802 C530
JP9
R507
Board-GOH

JP11
3 3

R578
JP8
JP13

R575
C528
C527
C529 R593
JP5 JP17
D1

R545 C524 TR502 R577

R543
Q504
R825
CP2

R830
R576
R542
C523
12 F501 C513 R535 R544 R547
4 1
CL1
MOTOR
JP14

45376001TH Rev.1 211 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 8. Connection diagrams
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(6) Toner Low Sensor PCB (7) Entrance Sensor PCB

1 11
IN2
SSNS
KTNR

R1

IN1
R2

R1
WR 5 1
CN
YTNR

R2
(8) Color Adjustment Sensor PCB

A
K

SNS

CN
C
E
MTNR

R3
CTNR

45376001TH Rev.1 212 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 8. Connection diagrams
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(9) High-Voltage Power Supply PCB (10) Low-Voltage Power Supply PCB
CN4

CN2

TR-K TR-Y TR-M TR-C

CN3

CN1

45376001TH Rev.1 213 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 8. Connection diagrams
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(11) ID unit (12) Transfer belt unit

ID unit (for consumable parts) Transfer belt unit (for consumable parts) Contactor point
Contactor point

Fuse Fuse

Toner Low Sensor PCB (PRZ PCB)

Relay PCB

Contactor point

ID unit

Contactor point

Transfer belt unit

Fuse

45376001TH Rev.1 214 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 8. Connection diagrams
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(13) SU Board

Component side Soldering side

C110

CUIF
1 44 3 3
11

24
C105

R376

R377
R354

R358
R355
R356
R357
R353
C94
C93

C86
1

C87
2

C83 C84
CD]E CD]H
1

F3
C77

C78

F1

F2

R375
C67

C68

R374
C69

CD]T
IC21

UV^W
IC20

R321 R322 R323 R324 CD]] CG__

10
9

R317 R318 R319 R320

R313 R314 R315 R316 CG_F CG_D
2345 ./01 +,-- R312
2348 2343 2347 2346 CG_G CG_`
2856 285; 285: 2859 TEST79 TEST80 TEST81
.<=1 2858 2853 2857 TEST76

R662
TEST77 TEST78
289: 2899 2895 2854 CG_E CG_H
CG_T UabW
IC18 D503 D502 D501
C60
1 8 1 4

RS RK
IJ IJ

1
R651
R652

48 33 KJ
1

3 2
64 1 Ic CGFE

R657
49 32
tumWW 7 6
R641
R642

65 256 CGFH 11 10
Jc CGFT 15 14

C751
Ic vwxyz
CGGH KQc CGDD 1
18

C758
C757
R625 I CGDG 22
64 17 R619 R622 CGD` 23
CG``
CCIS

1 16 CG`G R615
R611 RM512 2 30
Sec JS 33
R598
R597
R599
R600

R612
Ic CGEG C750
I CDEF CGE`
CDEG 26 28 27 CGEE
34 37
RM511 UaVW CGET
UaWi UahW
KRc IC502 CDEE CGHE
50

R581

I UVWV
R583
R582

CGHD CGH` P Q 48 38
Ke LK O KJ 50
LRc UaWj Ic IJ MN I s
I CDEH \\ Y PX qr
128 193 CDTE [ PN NM op
IC501 R564 47
R563 CDHD Z M
129 IC13 192
CP6

C49
CP5

Pg Sd \\
k
R556 Mf Ic Z
R558
R557
C43

?
R664
>? R L TEST506
C32
lPf QQ cQ cQ
TEST501
C33

TEST507
de
TEST508
A IC9 L M Ic I I TEST504 TEST503
IS TEST502 TEST505
1 10 20 26 9 9 c
SId

R545
A A C`__ Kd
L3

IS
1 1

R536
R537
IC7 Sd
A L SI
UmbW
C`FD
IC8

K R533
C28

C26

R530
R532

R529
C22
R525
C21

c
SRI
5

Y A IC3 L e LJ
SLI IS
RS232C

9 9
L1

C14 C`TH
AF AF C`TT
1
C11

UmWj
C10

UmWn
@AB 1 20 26 1 1
10
450407
IC1

A L
C12

44973499 3
R504
R503

R L P R501
R502

C7 SIQ SIQ lMg

3 C1 C3
C5 C6

C2
7SU Board-7SU C4

45376001TH Rev.1 215 /

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 8. Connection diagrams
Oki Data CONFIDENTIAL

(14) Environment SNS (15) SU connection board

JAM
3 1

MO
8 1 11 1
CL2 PM
JP1 SNSIF
JP2
21 4 1 REG
3 1 3 1
SOL

COV2
N
{| CL1 
€
3 1
1 6 1 REV
21 HOP
3 1
4 1

~ 6 1

SE
H }

44997899 2 2 7RL
11
446553

45376001TH Rev.1 216 / 216

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine